Chapters in this book

101 of 101 chapters

325 hadiths · Full book

Chapter 1

The Obligation Of Ha

Hadith 1721

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1721. It was reported from Az- Zuhri, from AbU Sinãn, from Ibn 'Abbãs, that Al-Aqra' bin Uãbis asked the Prophet : "0 Messenger of Allah! Is IIajj (obligatory) every year, or only once?" He replied: "Rather, only once, and whoever does more it will be (counted as) voluntary (worship)." (Sahih) AbU Dãwud said: He is AbU Sinãn Ad-Duw'ali, this is who 'Abdul-Jalil bin Humaid and Sulaimãn bin Kathir both said it from Az-Zuhri, while 'Uqail said: "From Sinãn."

Arabic text

1721 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ بْنِ حُسَيْنٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سِنَانٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ الْأَقْرَعَ بْنَ حَابِسٍ، سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، الْحَجُّ فِي كُلِّ سَنَةٍ أَوْ مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً قَالَ: «بَلْ مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً، فَمَنْ زَادَ فَهُوَ تَطَوُّعٌ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هُوَ أَبُو سِنَانٍ الدُّؤَلِيُّ، كَذَا قَالَ: عَبْدُ الْجَلِيلِ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، جَمِيعًا عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، وقَالَ عُقَيْلٌ، عَنْ سِنَانٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1721

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1721

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1722

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1722. Abū Wāqid Al-Laithī narrated that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say to some of his wives during the Farewell Pilgrimage, "This, and then the surface of mats."[1] (Hasan)

Arabic text

1722 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنِ ابْنٍ لِأَبِي وَاقِدٍ اللَّيْثِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ لِأَزْوَاجِهِ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ: «هَذِهِ ثُمَّ ظُهُورَ الْحُصْرِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Indicating that they may stay home from its performance in following years after fulfilling it that year.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1722

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1722

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

Regarding A Woman Who Performs Hajj Without A Mahram

Hadith 1723

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1723. It was reported from Al-Laith bin Sa'd, from Sa'eed bin Abi Sa'eed, from his father, from Abū Hurairah, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'It is not permitted for a Muslim woman to travel the distance of a night except that she has a man with her who is prohibited (in marriage) upon her.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1723 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الثَّقَفِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَحِلُّ لِامْرَأَةٍ مُسْلِمَةٍ تُسَافِرُ مَسِيرَةَ لَيْلَةٍ، إِلَّا وَمَعَهَا رَجُلٌ ذُو حُرْمَةٍ مِنْهَا».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1723

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1723

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1724

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1724. It was reported from Mālik, from Sa'eed bin Abi Sa'eed — (one of the narrators) Al-Hasan said: "from his father" — and then (the narrators) they were in accord — from Abū Hurairah, from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: "It is not permitted for a woman who believes in Allāh and the Final Day that she travel for a day or night..." and he mentioned its (no. 1723) meaning. (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: An-Nufailī and Al-Qa' nabi did not mention: "...from his father." Ibn Wahb and 'Uthmān bin 'Umar reported it from Mālik the way that Al-Qan'abī did.

Arabic text

1724 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، وَالنُّفَيْلِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ الْحَسَنُ: فِي حَدِيثِهِ عَنْ أَبِيهِ، ثُمَّ اتَّفَقُوا عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا يَحِلُّ لِامْرَأَةٍ، تُؤْمِنُ بِاللَّهِ وَالْيَوْمِ الْآخِرِ أَنْ تُسَافِرَ يَوْمًا وَلَيْلَةً». فَذَكَرَ مَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، وَالنُّفَيْلِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، رَوَاهُ ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، كَمَا قَالَ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1724

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1724

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1725

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniShadhAl-Albani(قلت: ورجال إسناده ثقات. ولكلنه بهذا اللفظ شاذ، والمحفوظ بلفظ: " يوم وليلة "؛ كما أخرجه الشيخان وغيرهما)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1725. It was reported from Suhail, from Sa'eed bin Abī Sa'eed, from Abū Hurairah, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said" and he mentioned similar to it (no. 1723), except that he said: "(for the distance of) a Barid."[1] (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1725 - حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ جَرِيرٍ، عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ إِلَّا أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «بَرِيدًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1725

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1725

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1726

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1726. It was reported from Al-A'mash, from Abū Sāliḥ, from Abū Sa'eed, who said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "It is not permitted for a woman who believes in Allāh and the Last Day that she travel for a journey of three days or more except with her father, or brother, or husband, or son, or Mahram." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1726 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهَنَّادٌ، أَنَّ أَبَا مُعَاوِيَةَ، وَوَكِيعًا، حَدَّثَاهُمْ عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَحِلُّ لِامْرَأَةٍ تُؤْمِنُ بِاللَّهِ وَالْيَوْمِ الْآخِرِ أَنْ تُسَافِرَ سَفَرًا فَوْقَ ثَلَاثَةِ أَيَّامٍ فَصَاعِدًا، إِلَّا وَمَعَهَا أَبُوهَا أَوْ أَخُوهَا أَوْ زَوْجُهَا أَوِ ابْنُهَا أَوْ ذُو مَحْرَمٍ مِنْهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1726

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1726

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1727

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1727. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "A woman should not travel for three (days) except with a Mahram." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1727 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تُسَافِرُ الْمَرْأَةُ ثَلَاثًا إِلَّا وَمَعَهَا ذُو مَحْرَمٍ»

Footnotes

1 [1] About a half a day's journey, defined as four Farsakh and a Farsakh is about three miles (Mil), and they say that a mile is measured at four-thousand forearm lengths or "cubits." See no. 1201.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1727

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1727

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1728

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1728. Nāfi' reported that Ibn 'Umar would take his freed slave-girl, by the name of Ṣafīyah, while traveling to Makkah, allowing her to ride on the mount with him. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1728 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، كَانَ «يُرْدِفُ مَوْلَاةً لَهُ يُقَالُ لَهَا صَفِيَّةُ تُسَافِرُ مَعَهُ إِلَى مَكَّةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1728

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1728

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

There Is No Monasticism (Ṣarūrah) In Islam[1]

Hadith 1729

DarussalamḌa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1729. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "There is no monasticism in Islam." (Ḍa'īf)

Arabic text

1729 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ يَعْنِي سُلَيْمَانَ بْنَ حَيَّانَ الْأَحْمَرَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا صَرُورَةَ فِي الْإِسْلَامِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1729

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1729

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

Taking Provisions For The Hajj

Hadith 1730

DarussalamSahihAl-Albani(قول ابن عباس) **، (قول أبو مسعود) صحيح
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1730. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "They would perform Hajj, but not take any provisions (for the journey) — Abū Mas'ūd (one of the narrators) said: "people from Yemen, or some people from Yemen" — and they would say: 'We are those who rely (upon Allāh).' At this, Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, revealed: And take provisions (for the journey), but the best provision is Taqwā."[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1730 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْفُرَاتِ يَعْنِي أَبَا مَسْعُودٍ الرَّازِيَّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمَخْرَمِيُّ، وَهَذَا لَفْظُهُ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ، عَنْ وَرْقَاءَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانُوا يَحُجُّونَ وَلَا يَتَزَوَّدُونَ، قَالَ أَبُو مَسْعُودٍ: " كَانَ أَهْلُ الْيَمَنِ أَوْ نَاسٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْيَمَنِ يَحُجُّونَ وَلَا يَتَزَوَّدُونَ وَيَقُولُونَ: نَحْنُ الْمُتَوَكِّلُونَ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ سُبْحَانَهُ {وَتَزَوَّدُوا فَإِنَّ خَيْرَ الزَّادِ التَّقْوَى} [البقرة: 197] الْآيَةَ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Abstaining from marriage and from performing Hajj, which is the context it is cited for here.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1730

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1730

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

Trade During Hajj

Hadith 1731

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1731. 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās recited the Verse: "There is no sin on you if you seek the bounty of your Lord"[2] and said: "They would not trade at Mina, so (in this Verse) they were commanded to trade once they left 'Arafāt.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1731 - حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَرَأَ هَذِهِ الْآيَةَ {لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ} [البقرة: 198] أَنْ تَبْتَغُوا فَضْلًا مِنْ رَبِّكُمْ قَالَ: «كَانُوا لَا يَتَّجِرُونَ بِمِنًى فَأُمِرُوا بِالتِّجَارَةِ إِذَا أَفَاضُوا مِنْ عَرَفَاتٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1731

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1731

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

(To Expedite Performing The Hajj)

Hadith 1732

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1732. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Whoever intends to perform Hajj, then he should hasten (to do it).” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1732 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ خَازِمٍ عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ مِهْرَانَ أَبِي صَفْوَانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَرَادَ الْحَجَّ فَلْيَتَعَجَّلْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:197.

2 [2] Al-Baqarah 2:198.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1732

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1732

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

On Renting (The Riding Animal)

Hadith 1733

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1733. Abū Umāmah At-Taimī said: “I used to rent out (mounts) for this purpose (for Hajj), but people would say to me: ‘Your Hajj is not valid!’ So I met Ibn ‘Umar, and said: ‘O Abū ‘Abdur-Raḥmān, I am a person who rents out (mounts) for this purpose, but the people said to me that my Hajj is not valid.’ Ibn ‘Umar said: ‘Do you not wear the Iḥrām, and say the Talbiyah, and perform the Tawāf around the Ka‘bah, and stand at ‘Arafāt, and pelt the (pillars) Jimār?’ I said: ‘Yes, I do.’ So he replied: ‘So you have (done) Hajj. A person came to the Prophet ﷺ and asked him exactly what you have asked me, but the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ remained silent and did not respond until this Verse was revealed: There is no sin on you if you seek the bounty of your Lord.[1] Thereafter, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent for him and recited this Verse to him, and said: 'Your Hajj (in this manner) is valid.'" (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1733 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْعَلَاءُ بْنُ الْمُسَيِّبِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُمَامَةَ التَّيْمِيُّ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ رَجُلًا أُكَرِّي فِي هَذَا الْوَجْهِ وَكَانَ نَاسٌ يَقُولُونَ لِي إِنَّهُ لَيْسَ لَكَ حَجٌّ فَلَقِيتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ فَقُلْتُ: يَا أَبَا عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، إِنِّي رَجُلٌ أُكَرِّي فِي هَذَا الْوَجْهِ وَإِنَّ نَاسًا يَقُولُونَ لِي: إِنَّهُ لَيْسَ لَكَ حَجٌّ، فَقَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: أَلَيْسَ تُحْرِمُ وَتُلَبِّي وَتَطُوفُ بِالْبَيْتِ وَتُفِيضُ مِنْ عَرَفَاتٍ وَتَرْمِي الْجِمَارَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ: بَلَى، قَالَ: فَإِنَّ لَكَ حَجًّا، جَاءَ رَجُلٌ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَسَأَلَهُ عَنْ مِثْلِ مَا سَأَلْتَنِي عَنْهُ، فَسَكَتَ عَنْهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمْ يُجِبْهُ حَتَّى نَزَلَتْ هَذِهِ الْآيَةُ {لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَنْ تَبْتَغُوا فَضْلًا مِنْ رَبِّكُمْ} [البقرة: 198] فَأَرْسَلَ إِلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَرَأَ عَلَيْهِ هَذِهِ الْآيَةَ وَقَالَ: «لَكَ حَجٌّ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:198.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1733

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1733

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1734

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1734. It was reported from 'Aṭā' bin Abī Rabāḥ, from 'Ubaid bin 'Umair, from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās, that earlier (i.e., before Islam) during Hajj, they would engage in trade in Minā, and 'Arafāt, and the market place of Dhul-Majaz, and the areas that were frequented during Hajj. But they then feared engaging in trade while in the state of Iḥrām, so Allāh revealed: (There is no sin upon you if you seek the bounty of your Lord during the Hajj season).[1] He said: "So 'Ubaid bin 'Umair narrated to me that he (Ibn 'Abbās) would recite it (the Verse) like this in the Muṣḥaf." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1734 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، " أَنَّ النَّاسَ فِي أَوَّلِ الْحَجِّ كَانُوا يَتَبَايَعُونَ بِمِنًى وَعَرَفَةَ وَسُوقِ ذِي الْمَجَازِ وَمَوَاسِمِ الْحَجِّ فَخَافُوا الْبَيْعَ وَهُمْ حُرُمٌ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ سُبْحَانَهُ {لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ} [البقرة: 198] أَنْ تَبْتَغُوا فَضْلًا مِنْ رَبِّكُمْ فِي مَوَاسِمِ الْحَجِّ ". قَالَ: فَحَدَّثَنِي عُبَيْدُ بْنُ عُمَيْرٍ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَقْرَؤُهَا فِي الْمُصْحَفِ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1734

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1734

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1735

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1735. It was reported from Ibn Abī Dhi'b, from 'Ubaid bin 'Umair — Aḥmad bin Ṣāliḥ (one of the narrators) said something that means that he was the freed-slave of Ibn 'Abbās — from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās, that a group of people — in the early days of Hajj — would engage in trade. Then he mentioned its meaning (as no. 1734) up to his saying: “during the Hajj season.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1735 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، قَالَ: أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، كَلَامًا مَعْنَاهُ أَنَّهُ مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّاسَ فِي أَوَّلِ مَا كَانَ الْحَجُّ كَانُوا يَبِيعُونَ، فَذَكَرَ مَعْنَاهُ إِلَى قَوْلِهِ مَوَاسِمِ الْحَجِّ

Footnotes

1 [1] Referring to Al-Baqarah 2:198, according to that recitation.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1735

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1735

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

Regarding A Child Performing Hajj

Hadith 1736

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1736. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was at Ar-Rawḥā’ when he met a group of riders. He said Salām to them and asked: “Who are you?” They replied: “Muslims,” and asked: “And who are you?” They said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.” A woman was startled (by the response), and then held on to a child’s arm, took the child out of her riding-tent, and said, “O Messenger of Allāh! Is there Hajj for him?” He replied: “Yes, and you will be rewarded.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1736 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالرَّوْحَاءِ فَلَقِيَ رَكْبًا فَسَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِمْ، قَالَ: «مَنِ الْقَوْمُ؟»، فَقَالُوا: الْمُسْلِمُونَ، فَقَالُوا: فَمَنْ أَنْتُمْ؟، قَالُوا: رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَفَزِعَتِ امْرَأَةٌ فَأَخَذَتْ بِعَضُدِ صَبِيٍّ فَأَخْرَجَتْهُ مِنْ مِحَفَّتِهَا، قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، هَلْ لِهَذَا حَجٌّ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ، وَلَكِ أَجْرٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1736

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1736

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

Regarding The Miqāt

Hadith 1737

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1737. Ibn ‘Umar narrated: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ demarcated Dhul Hulaifah for the people of Al-Madīnah, and Al-Juhfah for the people of Ash-Shām, and Qarn for the people of Najd (as Miqāt for Iḥrām). And it was conveyed to me that he demarcated Yalamlam for the people of Yemen.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1737 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، ح حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «وَقَّتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِأَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ ذَا الْحُلَيْفَةِ وَلِأَهْلِ الشَّامِ الْجُحْفَةَ وَلِأَهْلِ نَجْدٍ قَرْنَ وَبَلَغَنِي أَنَّهُ وَقَّتَ لِأَهْلِ الْيَمَنِ يَلَمْلَمَ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1737

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1737

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1738

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1738. It was reported from ‘Amr bin Dīnār, from Tāwūs, from Ibn ‘Abbās, and from Ibn Tāwūs from Tāwūs; both said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ demarcated...” and mentioned its meaning (as no. 1737). One of them said: “Yalamlam for the people of Yemen.” And one of them said: “Alamlam.” He said: “So these (places) are for these (lands), and for those who come to them from beyond these (lands), intending to perform Hajj or Umrah. And whoever is within these (places),” — Ibn Tāwūs said: “(then his Miqāt) from where he started” — He said: “The same, even for the people of Makkah, they enter Ihrām from it.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1738 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَعَنْ ابْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَا: وَقَّتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَعْنَاهُ، وَقَالَ: أَحَدُهُمَا وَلِأَهْلِ الْيَمَنِ يَلَمْلَمَ وَقَالَ أَحَدُهُمَا: أَلَمْلَمَ، قَالَ: فَهُنَّ لَهُمْ، وَلِمَنْ أَتَى عَلَيْهِنَّ مِنْ غَيْرِ أَهْلِهِنَّ مِمَّنْ كَانَ يُرِيدُ الْحَجَّ وَالْعُمْرَةَ، وَمَنْ كَانَ دُونَ ذَلِكَ قَالَ ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ: مِنْ حَيْثُ أَنْشَأَ قَالَ: وَكَذَلِكَ حَتَّى أَهْلُ مَكَّةَ يُهِلُّونَ مِنْهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1738

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1738

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1739

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1739. ‘Āishah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ demarcated Dhāt ‘Irq for the people of Al-‘Irāq. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1739 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ بَهْرَامَ الْمَدَائِنِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعَافِىُّ بْنُ عِمْرَانَ، عَنْ أَفْلَحَ يَعْنِي ابْنَ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «وَقَّتَ لِأَهْلِ الْعِرَاقِ ذَاتَ عِرْقٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1739

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1739

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1740

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1740. It was reported from Muḥammad bin 'Alī bin 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās, from Ibn 'Abbās, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ demarcated Al-'Aqīq for the people of the east." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1740 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «وَقَّتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِأَهْلِ الْمَشْرِقِ الْعَقِيقَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1740

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1740

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1741

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1741. Umm Salamah, the Prophet's ﷺ wife, narrated that she heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Whoever enters into Iḥrām for Hajj or Umrah from Masjid Al-Aqsā (Jerusalem) to Masjid Al-Ḥarām, then all of his previous and future sins will be forgiven" — or "Paradise will become obligatory for him." 'Abdullāh (one of the narrators) was not sure which of them it was. (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: May Allāh have mercy on Waki', for he entered the state of Iḥrām from Bait Al-Maqdis, meaning en route to Makkah.

Arabic text

1741 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يُحَنَّسَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ الْأَخْنَسِيِّ، عَنْ جَدَّتِهِ حُكَيْمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهَا سَمِعَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلم يَقُولُ: «مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِحَجَّةٍ، أَوْ عُمْرَةٍ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ الْأَقْصَى إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ، وَمَا تَأَخَّرَ - أَوْ - وَجَبَتْ لَهُ الْجَنَّةُ». - شَكَّ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ أَيَّتُهُمَا - قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: يَرْحَمُ اللَّهُ وَكِيعًا أَحْرَمَ مِنْ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ يَعْنِي إِلَى مَكَّةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1741

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1741

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1742

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1742. Al-Ĥārith bin 'Amr As-Sahmī narrated: "I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was in Mina, or 'Arafāt, and the people had surrounded him. The Bedouins would come, and when they would see his face, they would say: 'This is a blessed face.' And he (the Prophet ﷺ) demarcated Dhāt 'Irq for the people of Al-'Irāq." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1742 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي الْحَجَّاجِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا عُتْبَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ السَّهْمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي زُرَارَةُ بْنُ كُرِيْمٍ، أَنَّ الْحَارِثَ بْنَ عَمْرٍو السَّهْمِيَّ، حَدَّثَهُ قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ بِمِنًى أَوْ بِعَرَفَاتٍ وَقَدْ أَطَافَ بِهِ النَّاسُ قَالَ: فَتَجِيءُ الْأَعْرَابُ فَإِذَا رَأَوْا وَجْهَهُ قَالُوا: هَذَا وَجْهٌ مُبَارَكٌ قَالَ: «وَوَقَّتَ ذَاتَ عِرْقٍ لِأَهْلِ الْعِرَاقِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1742

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1742

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

The Woman Entering Ihram For Hajj During Her Menses

Hadith 1743

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1743. 'Aishah narrated: "Asmā' bint Umais gave birth to Muḥammad bin Abī Bakr in Ash-Shajarah, so the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded Abū Bakr (to tell her) that she should perform Ghusl and enter Ihram." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1743 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: نُفِسَتْ أَسْمَاءُ بِنْتُ عُمَيْسٍ بِمُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ بِالشَّجَرَةِ «فَأَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَبَا بَكْرٍ أَنْ تَغْتَسِلَ فَتُهِلَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1743

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1743

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1744

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1744. It was reported from Khuṣaif, from 'Ikrimah and Mujāhid, and 'Aṭā', from Ibn 'Abbās, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "If a woman in her menses or post- partum (bleeding), comes to the place (Mīqāt), she should perform Ghusl, enter the state of Iḥrām, and perform all of the rites, other than Tawāf of the House.” In his narration, Abū Ma'mar, (one of the narrators) said: “...Until she becomes pure.” And Ibn ‘Eisā did not mention: “‘Ikrimah and Mujāhid.” (Rather) he said: “From ‘Aṭā’, from Ibn ‘Abbās.” And Ibn ‘Eisā did not say: “...all of (the rites).” He said: “...the rites, except for Tawāf of the House.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1744 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، وَإِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ شُجَاعٍ، عَنْ خُصَيْفٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، وَمُجَاهِدٍ، وَعَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْحَائِضُ وَالنُّفَسَاءُ إِذَا أَتَتَا عَلَى الْوَقْتِ تَغْتَسِلَانِ، وَتُحْرِمَانِ وَتَقْضِيَانِ الْمَنَاسِكَ كُلَّهَا غَيْرَ الطَّوَافِ بِالْبَيْتِ». قَالَ أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، فِي حَدِيثِهِ حَتَّى تَطْهُرَ وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ ابْنُ عِيسَى، عِكْرِمَةَ وَمُجَاهِدًا، قَالَ: عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَلَمْ يَقُلْ ابْنُ عِيسَى، كُلَّهَا قَالَ: «الْمَنَاسِكَ إِلَّا الطَّوَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1744

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1744

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

Wearing Perfume While Entering The State Of Iḥrām

Hadith 1745

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1745. It was reported from ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Qāsim, from his father, from ‘Aishah, that she said: “I would apply perfume to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ for his Iḥrām before he would enter into it, and after he had exited from it — before he had performed Tawāf of the House.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1745 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أُطَيِّبُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِإِحْرَامِهِ، قَبْلَ أَنْ يُحْرِمَ، وَلِإِحْلَالِهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَطُوفَ بِالْبَيْتِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1745

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1745

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1746

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1746. It was reported from Al-Aswad, from 'Aishah, may Allāh be pleased with her, that she said: "I can still see the traces of the musk in the parting (of the hair) of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was in the state of Ihram." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1746 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ الْبَزَّازُ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ إِلَى وَبِيصِ الْمِسْكِ، فِي مَفْرِقِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1746

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1746

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

Talbīd (MattingThe Hair)[1]

Hadith 1747

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1747. Ibn 'Umar reported: "I heard the Prophet ﷺ (while in the state of Ihram) uttering the Talbīyah, while his hair was matted." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1747 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْمَهْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُهِلُّ مُلَبِّدًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1747

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1747

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1748

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1748. Ibn 'Umar narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ applied a paste of honey to his hair." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1748 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَبَّدَ رَأْسَهُ بِالْعَسَلِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Mention of this preceded in the chapters on purification. They used to apply a thick substance, like resin or gum from plants — for example natural marsh mallow, or other than it — to their hair, under certain circumstances, like the performance of Hajj and Umrah and other than that. They say that this was to help keep the hair together, to prevent it being consumed with dust and sand, and also to prevent lice and the like.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1748

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1748

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

Regarding The

Hadith 1749

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1749. Ibn Abi Najih narrated that Mujahid narrated to him, from Ibn 'Abbās, "That during the Year of Al-Hudaibiyyah, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent a camel that used to belong to Abū Jahl among his sacrificial animals. On its head (through its nose) was a silver ring." Ibn Minhāl (one of the narrators) said: "A gold ring." And An-Nufaili added: "He wanted to infuriate the pagans by this." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1749 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمِنْهَالِ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَبِي نَجِيحٍ: حَدَّثَنِي مُجَاهِدٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَهْدَى عَامَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ فِي هَدَايَا رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَمَلًا كَانَ لِأَبِي جَهْلٍ، فِي رَأْسِهِ بُرَةُ فِضَّةٍ». قَالَ ابْنُ مِنْهَالٍ، بُرَةٌ مِنْ ذَهَبٍ، زَادَ النُّفَيْلِيُّ يَغِيظُ بِذَلِكَ الْمُشْرِكِينَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1749

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1749

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

On Sacrificial Cows(المعجم ١٣) بَابٌ: فِي هَدْيِ الْبَقَرِ

Hadith 1750

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1750. 'Aishah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed Nahr (sacrifice) on behalf of his family during the Farewell Pilgrimage with one cow." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1750 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «نَحَرَ عَنْ آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ بَقَرَةً وَاحِدَةً»

Footnotes

1 [1] The animal offered for sacrifice by the Hajj Muhrim.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1750

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1750

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1751

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1751. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ sacrificed one cow on behalf of those of his wives who had performed Umrah. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1751 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مِهْرَانَ الرَّازِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «ذَبَحَ عَمَّنِ اعْتَمَرَ مِنْ نِسَائِهِ بَقَرَةً بَيْنَهُنَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1751

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1751

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

On Marking (The Sacrificial Animals)[1]

Hadith 1752

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1752. It was reported from Qatādah, that he heard Abū Ḥassān report from Ibn 'Abbās that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed Zuhr in Dhul-Hulaifah, then called for a camel. He marked it (slit it) on the top of its right hump, and removed (some of) its blood,[2] and tied two sandals around it. He was then brought his (riding) camel. After he had sat on it and stood up with it, at Al-Baidā', he announced his Ihram for Hajj (with the Talbiyah). (Sahih)

Arabic text

1752 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، وَحَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ " أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حَسَّانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ بِذِي الْحُلَيْفَةِ ثُمَّ دَعَا بِبَدَنَةٍ فَأَشْعَرَهَا مِنْ صَفْحَةِ سَنَامِهَا الْأَيْمَنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَتَ عَنْهَا الدَّمَ وَقَلَّدَهَا بِنَعْلَيْنِ، ثُمَّ أُتِيَ بِرَاحِلَتِهِ فَلَمَّا قَعَدَ عَلَيْهَا وَاسْتَوَتْ بِهِ عَلَى الْبَيْدَاءِ أَهَلَّ بِالْحَجِّ».

Footnotes

1 [1] This marking was done so that it will be known that this animal is dedicated for sacrifice.

2 [2] They did this to make its blood flow out from there, as a way of visibly marking it.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1752

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1752

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1753

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1753. (Another chain with its meaning) He said: "He removed some of its blood with his hand." Abū Dāwūd said: Hammām reported it, and he said: "He removed (some of) its blood to flow from his finger." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: This is from the traditions of the people of Al-Baṣrah which they are alone with (narrating).

Arabic text

1753 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ بِمَعْنَى أَبِي الْوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ سَلَتَ الدَّمَ بِيَدِهِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ هَمَّامٌ، قَالَ: سَلَتَ الدَّمَ عَنْهَا بِأُصْبُعِهِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا مِنْ سُنَنِ أَهْلِ الْبَصْرَةِ الَّذِي تَفَرَّدُوا بِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1753

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1753

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1754

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1754. Al-Miswar bin Makhramah, and Marwān, both narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ left (for Makkah) in the Year of Al-Ḥudaibiyah. When he reached Dhul-Hulaifah, he garlanded his sacrificial animal, marked it, and entered into the state of Iḥrām." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1754 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى بْنُ حَمَّادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنِ الْمِسْوَرِ بْنِ مَخْرَمَةَ، وَمَرْوَانُ بْنُ الْحَكَمِ، أَنَّهُمَا قَالَا: خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَامَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ «فَلَمَّا كَانَ بِذِي الُحُلَيْفَةِ قَلَّدَ الْهَدْيَ وَأَشْعَرَهُ وَأَحْرَمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1754

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1754

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1755

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1755. 'Aishah, may Allah be pleased with her, narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent garlanded goats as sacrificial animals. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1755 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادٌ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، وَالْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَهْدَى غَنَمًا مُقَلَّدَةً»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1755

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1755

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

On Substituting The Sacrificial Animals

Hadith 1756

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1756. Ibn 'Umar reported: "Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb) had (assigned) a Bukht camel to offer as sacrifice, but he was offered three hundred Dinār for it. So he came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, I had assigned a Bukht camel for a Hadī, but I was offered three hundred Dinār for it. Should I sell it and buy with its price (other) camels?' He replied: 'No, sacrifice that very one.'" (Da'if)Abū Dāwud said: This was because he had already marked it.

Arabic text

1756 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحِيمِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحِيمِ خَالِدُ بْنُ أَبِي يَزِيدَ، خَالُ مُحَمَّدٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَلَمَةَ، رَوَى عَنْهُ حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ جَهْمِ بْنِ الْجَارُودِ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: أَهْدَى عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ نَجِيبًا فَأَعْطَى بِهَا ثَلَاثَ مِائَةِ دِينَارٍ، فَأَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي أَهْدَيْتُ نَجِيبًا فَأَعْطَيْتُ بِهَا ثَلَاثَ مِائَةِ دِينَارٍ، أَفَأَبِيعُهَا وَأَشْتَرِي بِثَمَنِهَا بُدْنًا، قَالَ: «لَا انْحَرْهَا إِيَّاهَا». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا لِأَنَّهُ كَانَ أَشْعَرَهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1756

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1756

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

Regarding One Who Sends A Sacrificial Animal But Remains In Residence

Hadith 1757

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1757. It was reported from Aflah bin Humaid, from Al-Qāsim, from 'Aishah, who said: "I twisted the garlands of the Messenger of Allāh's ﷺ sacrificial camel with my own two hands, and then he marked it and put the garlands on it, and sent it to the House (in Makkah), and remained in Al-Madinah. And nothing was prohibited for him that was allowed before that.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1757 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَفْلَحُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «فَتَلْتُ قَلَائِدَ بُدْنِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدِي، ثُمَّ أَشْعَرَهَا، وَقَلَّدَهَا، ثُمَّ بَعَثَ بِهَا إِلَى الْبَيْتِ وَأَقَامَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ فَمَا حَرُمَ عَلَيْهِ شَيْءٌ كَانَ لَهُ حِلًّا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1757

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1757

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1758

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1758. It was reported from Ibn Shihāb, from ‘Urwah and ‘Amrah bint ‘Abdur-Rahmān, that ‘Āishah said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would send sacrificial animals from Al-Madinah, and I would twist the garlands for his animals. And he would not abstain from anything that one in Ihrām would abstain from.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1758 - حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الرَّمْلِيُّ الْهَمَدَانِيُّ، وَقُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ اللَّيْثَ بْنَ سَعْدٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، وَعَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُهْدِي مِنَ الْمَدِينَةِ فَأَفْتِلُ قَلَائِدَ هَدْيِهِ، ثُمَّ لَا يَجْتَنِبُ شَيْئًا مِمَّا يَجْتَنِبُ الْمُحْرِمُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1758

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1758

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1759

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1759. It was reported from Ibn ‘Awn, from Al-Qāsim bin Muḥammad and from Ibrāhīm — he claimed that he heard it from the two of them, but he did not remember which of them it was from — that the two of them said: “‘Āishah, the Mother of the Believers said: ‘The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent a sacrificial animal, and I was the one who twisted the garlands with my own two hands from dyed cotton that we had. He then remained in a state outside of Ihrām, doing what a man would do with his wife.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1759 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَوْنٍ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، زَعَمَ أَنَّهُ سَمِعَهُ مِنْهُمَا جَمِيعًا وَلَمْ يَحْفَظْ حَدِيثَ هَذَا مِنْ حَدِيثِ هَذَا، وَلَا حَدِيثَ هَذَا مِنْ حَدِيثِ هَذَا، قَالَا: قَالَتْ أُمُّ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ: «بَعَثَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْهَدْيِ فَأَنَا فَتَلْتُ قَلَائِدَهَا بِيَدِي، مِنْ عِهْنٍ كَانَ عِنْدَنَا، ثُمَّ أَصْبَحَ فِينَا حَلَالًا يَأْتِي مَا يَأْتِي الرَّجُلُ مِنْ أَهْلِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1759

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1759

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

On Riding Sacrificial Animals

Hadith 1760

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1760. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saw a man leading a sacrificial camel, so he said: "Ride it!" But he replied, "It is a sacrificial camel." So the Prophet ﷺ said, the second or third time: "Woe to you, ride it!" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1760 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى رَجُلًا يَسُوقُ بَدَنَةً، فَقَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا»، قَالَ: إِنَّهَا بَدَنَةٌ، فَقَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا وَيْلَكَ» - فِي الثَّانِيَةِ أَوْ فِي الثَّالِثَةِ -

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1760

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1760

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1761

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1761. Abū Az-Zubair said: "I asked Jābir bin 'Abdullāh about riding a sacrificial animal, so he replied: 'I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Ride it in a just manner if you are forced to do so, until you are able to find another mount." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1761 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، سَأَلْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ رُكُوبِ الْهَدْيِ، فَقَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «ارْكَبْهَا بِالْمَعْرُوفِ، إِذَا أُلْجِئْتَ إِلَيْهَا حَتَّى تَجِدَ ظَهْرًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1761

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1761

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

Regarding The Sacrificial Animal Being Unable To Continue Traveling Before Reaching (Makkah)

Hadith 1762

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1762. Nājiyah Al-Aslamī narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent some sacrificial camels with him (to Makkah), and said: "If any of them cannot continue traveling, then slaughter it, dip its sandals in its blood, and leave it to the people."[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1762 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ نَاجِيَةَ الْأَسْلَمِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَعَثَ مَعَهُ بِهَدْيٍ فَقَالَ: «إِنْ عَطِبَ مِنْهَا شَيْءٌ فَانْحَرْهُ، ثُمَّ اصْبُغْ نَعْلَهُ فِي دَمِهِ، ثُمَّ خَلِّ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ النَّاسِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1762

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1762

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1763

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1763. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent so-and-so Al-Aslamī with eighteen camels, so he asked: 'What if some of them become too fatigued for me (to continue with)?' He said: 'Slaughter them, then dip their sandals in their blood and strike them on their humps, and do not eat from them — you or your companions.'" Or he said: "or your traveling-companions." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: The one that was alone in narrating this Hadīth said: "Do not eat from it — you or your traveling-companions." And in the narration of 'Abdul-Wārīth: "place them them on their humps" instead of: "strike them." Abū Dāwūd said: I heard Abū Salamah say: "When you maintain the chain and its meaning, that is enough for you.”[1]

Arabic text

1763 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، وَمُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، وَهَذَا حَدِيثُ مُسَدَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي التَّيَّاحِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: بَعَثَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فُلَانًا الْأَسْلَمِيَّ، وَبَعَثَ مَعَهُ بِثَمَانِ عَشْرَةَ بَدَنَةً، فَقَالَ: أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ أُزْحِفَ عَلَيَّ مِنْهَا شَيْءٌ قَالَ: «تَنْحَرُهَا، ثُمَّ تَصْبُغُ نَعْلَهَا فِي دَمِهَا، ثُمَّ اضْرِبْهَا عَلَى صَفْحَتِهَا، وَلَا تَأْكُلْ مِنْهَا أَنْتَ وَلَا أَحَدٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِكَ - أَوْ قَالَ - مِنْ أَهْلِ رُفْقَتِكَ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: الَّذِي تَفَرَّدَ بِهِ مِنْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ قَوْلُهُ «وَلَا تَأْكُلْ مِنْهَا أَنْتَ وَلَا أَحَدٌ مِنْ رُفْقَتِكَ» وَقَالَ: فِي حَدِيثِ عَبْدِ الْوَارِثِ، «ثُمَّ اجْعَلْهُ عَلَى صَفْحَتِهَا» مَكَانَ «اضْرِبْهَا». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: سَمِعْت أَبَا سَلَمَةَ يَقُولُ: إِذَا أَقَمْتَ الْإِسْنَادَ وَالْمَعْنَى كَفَاكَ

Footnotes

1 [1] The sandals that were hung around its neck so it would be known as a Hadi.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1763

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1763

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1764

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniMunkarAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1764. It was reported from ‘Ali, that he said: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sacrificed his camels, he sacrificed thirty with his own hands, and he then commanded me to sacrifice the rest.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1764 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدٌ، وَيَعْلَى ابْنَا عُبَيْدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي نَجِيحٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «لَمَّا نَحَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بُدْنَهُ فَنَحَرَ ثَلَاثِينَ بِيَدِهِ، وَأَمَرَنِي فَنَحَرْتُ سَائِرَهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1764

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1764

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

Untitled chapter

Hadith 1765

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1765. It was reported from ‘Abdullāh bin Qurṭ from the Prophet ﷺ who said: “The greatest of all days before Allāh is the Day of Nahr (Sacrifice), and then the Day of Qurr” — ‘Eisā (one of the narrators) said: "Thawr said: 'It is the second day.'" — And he said: "Five, or six, sacrificial camels were brought to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so they began to come close to him, each one vying to be the first (to be slaughtered). After their sides had fallen (after they had been sacrificed), he said something gently which I could not understand, so I asked: 'What did he say?' Someone replied: 'Whoever wishes may cut (some meat).'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1765 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى الرَّازِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا عِيسَى، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا عِيسَى، وَهَذَا لَفْظُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ ثَوْرٍ، عَنْ رَاشِدِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَامِرِ بْنِ لُحَيٍّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ قُرْطٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ أَعْظَمَ الْأَيَّامِ عِنْدَ اللَّهِ تَبَارَكَ وَتَعَالَى يَوْمُ النَّحْرِ، ثُمَّ يَوْمُ الْقَرِّ». قَالَ عِيسَى، قَالَ ثَوْرٌ: وَهُوَ الْيَوْمُ الثَّانِي، وَقَالَ: وَقُرِّبَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَدَنَاتٌ خَمْسٌ أَوْ سِتٌّ فَطَفِقْنَ يَزْدَلِفْنَ إِلَيْهِ بِأَيَّتِهِنَّ يَبْدَأُ، فَلَمَّا وَجَبَتْ جُنُوبُهَا، قَالَ: فَتَكَلَّمَ بِكَلِمَةٍ خَفِيَّةٍ لَمْ أَفْهَمْهَا، فَقُلْتُ: مَا قَالَ؟ قَالَ: «مَنْ شَاءَ اقْتَطَعَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Regarding reporting a narration whose various wordings are within the same meaning.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1765

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1765

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1766

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1766. 'Arafah bin Al-Ḥārith Al-Kindī[1] narrated: "I witnessed, during the Farewell Pilgrimage, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ being brought a sacrificial camel. He said: 'Call Abūl-Ḥasan for me,' so 'Alī was called for. He told him: 'Hold on to the lower part of the spear,' while he held on to the top part of it. He then thrust it into the camel. After he had finished (the sacrifice), he sat upon his mule and placed 'Alī with him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1766 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَاتِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ حَرْمَلَةَ بْنِ عِمْرَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ الْأَزْدِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ غُرْفَةَ بْنَ الْحَارِثِ الْكِنْدِيِّ، قَالَ: شَهِدْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ وَأُتِيَ بِالْبُدْنِ فَقَالَ: «ادْعُوا لِي أَبَا حَسَنٍ» فَدُعِيَ لَهُ عَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: «خُذْ بِأَسْفَلِ الْحَرْبَةِ» وَأَخَذَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِأَعْلَاهَا، ثُمَّ طَعَنَا بِهَا فِي الْبُدْنِ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ رَكِبَ بَغْلَتَهُ وَأَرْدَفَ عَلِيًّا رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ

Footnotes

1 [1] Our text has 'Arafah, what is more popular is "Ghurfah" see Tahdhib Al-Kamāl, Tahdhib At-Tahdhib, At-Taqrīb, Tuhfat Al-Ashrāf, Al-Aṣābah and the other books of biographies.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1766

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1766

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

How Should A Camel Be Sacrificed?

Hadith 1767

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1767. It was reported from Ibn Juraij, from Abti Az-Zubair, from Jãbir, — (and Ibn Juraij also said): "And 'Abdur-Rahmãn bin Sãbit informed me" — that the Prophet and his Companions would sacrifice camels while their left legs were tied up — they would be standing on their remaining legs. (Sahih) JU rA rv/o:J

Arabic text

1767 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الْأَحْمَرُ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، وَأَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَابِطٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَصْحَابَهُ كَانُوا «يَنْحَرُونَ الْبَدَنَةَ مَعْقُولَةَ الْيُسْرَى قَائِمَةً عَلَى مَا بَقِيَ مِنْ قَوَائِمِهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1767

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1767

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1768

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1768. Ziyad bin Jubair narrated,: "I was with Ibn 'Umar at Mina when he passed by a person sacrificing his camel while it was sitting down. He said: 'Make it stand up (and) tie it — this is the practice of Muhammad (Sahih)

Arabic text

1768 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا يُونُسُ، أَخْبَرَنِي زِيَادُ بْنُ جُبَيْرٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ بِمِنًى فَمَرَّ بِرَجُلٍ وَهُوَ يَنْحَرُ بَدَنَتَهُ وَهِيَ بَارِكَةٌ، فَقَالَ: «ابْعَثْهَا قِيَامًا مُقَيَّدَةً سُنَّةَ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1768

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1768

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1769

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

١٧٦٩. 'Ali narrated: "TheMessenger of Allāh ﷺ commandedme to stand in charge over hissacrificial camels, and to distributetheir skin and saddle-cloths. Andhe also commanded me not to givethe butcher anything (of thesacrificial animal as his wages), andsaid: 'We will give him ourselves.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

1769 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ الْجَزَرِيِّ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: أَمَرَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ أَقُومَ عَلَى بُدْنِهِ وَأَقْسِمَ جُلُودَهَا وَجِلَالَهَا، وَأَمَرَنِي أَنْ لَا أُعْطِيَ الْجَزَّارَ مِنْهَا شَيْئًا، وَقَالَ: «نَحْنُ نُعْطِيهِ مِنْ عِنْدِنَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1769

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1769

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

The Time OfIhrām

Hadith 1770

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1770. It was reported from Sa'eed bin Jubair that he said to 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās: "O Abūl-'Abbās! I am amazed at how the Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ have differed regarding when he entered the state of Ihrām." He replied: "I am the most knowledgeable person regarding this. Indeed, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ only performed one Hajj, so they differed from this. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ left (Al-Madinah) intending to perform Hajj, so when he prayed two Rak'ahs in his Masjid at Dhul-Hulaifah, he entered it (the state of Ihrām) at his sitting place (after prayer) — so he began saying the Talbiyahs for Hajj after he had completed the two Rak'ahs. Some people heard this from him and memorized it. He then mounted (his camel), and once his camel had stood up, he said the Talbiyah, and some people heard this. This is because people used to come to him in groups, so they heard him say it (the Talbiyah) when his camel stood up, so they said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered (into Ihrām) when his camel stood up.' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ then continued onwards, until he had reached the peak of Al-Baidā', and he said the Talbiyah. Some people heard this, so they said: 'He only entered into Ihrām after he had reached the peak of Al-Baidā.' By Allāh, he entered (into Ihrām) at his prayer place, and he announced (the Ihrām) after his camel had stood up, and he announced it after he had reached the peak of Al-Baydā'." Sa'eed added: "So whoever took the saying of Ibn 'Abbās would enter into Ihrām after completing the two Rak'ahs at his place of prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1770 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنِ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي خُصَيْفُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْجَزَرِيُّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ: يَا أَبَا الْعَبَّاسِ، عَجِبْتُ لِاخْتِلَافِ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي إِهْلَالِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ أَوْجَبَ، فَقَالَ: " إِنِّي لَأَعْلَمُ النَّاسِ بِذَلِكَ إِنَّهَا إِنَّمَا كَانَتْ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَجَّةً وَاحِدَةً، فَمِنْ هُنَاكَ اخْتَلَفُوا، خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَاجًّا فَلَمَّا صَلَّى فِي مَسْجِدِهِ بِذِي الْحُلَيْفَةِ رَكْعَتَيْهِ أَوْجَبَ فِي مَجْلِسِهِ، فَأَهَلَّ بِالْحَجِّ حِينَ فَرَغَ مِنْ رَكْعَتَيْهِ، فَسَمِعَ ذَلِكَ مِنْهُ أَقْوَامٌ فَحَفِظْتُهُ عَنْهُ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ فَلَمَّا اسْتَقَلَّتْ بِهِ نَاقَتُهُ أَهَلَّ، وَأَدْرَكَ ذَلِكَ مِنْهُ أَقْوَامٌ، وَذَلِكَ أَنَّ النَّاسَ إِنَّمَا كَانُوا يَأْتُونَ أَرْسَالًا، فَسَمِعُوهُ حِينَ اسْتَقَلَّتْ بِهِ نَاقَتُهُ يُهِلُّ، فَقَالُوا: إِنَّمَا أَهَلَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ اسْتَقَلَّتْ بِهِ نَاقَتُهُ، ثُمَّ مَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَمَّا عَلَا عَلَى شَرَفِ الْبَيْدَاءِ أَهَلَّ، وَأَدْرَكَ ذَلِكَ مِنْهُ أَقْوَامٌ، فَقَالُوا: إِنَّمَا أَهَلَّ حِينَ عَلَا عَلَى شَرَفِ الْبَيْدَاءِ، وَايْمُ اللَّهِ لَقَدْ أَوْجَبَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ، وَأَهَلَّ حِينَ اسْتَقَلَّتْ بِهِ نَاقَتُهُ، وَأَهَلَّ حِينَ عَلَا عَلَى شَرَفِ الْبَيْدَاءِ ". قَالَ سَعِيدٌ: فَمَنْ أَخَذَ بِقَوْلِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ أَهَلَّ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ رَكْعَتَيْهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1770

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1770

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1771

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1771. It was reported from Mūsā bin 'Uqbah, from Sālim bin 'Abdullāh, from his father, that he said: "This Al-Baydā' of yours — regarding which you mistakenly attribute (the Ihrām) to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ — the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did not announce the Ihrām except from the Masjid," meaning the Masjid of Dhul-Hulaifah. (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1771 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: بَيْدَاؤُكُمْ هَذِهِ الَّتِي تَكْذِبُونَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِيهَا «مَا أَهَلَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، إِلَّا مِنْ عِنْدِ الْمَسْجِدِ يَعْنِي مَسْجِدَ ذِي الْحُلَيْفَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1771

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1771

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1772

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1772. 'Ubaid bin Juraij asked 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar: "O Abū 'Abdur-Raḥmān! I noticed you doing four things that none of your companions do." He said: "And what are they, O Ibn Juraij?" He said: "I saw that you only touch the two southern corners of the corners (of the Ka'bah),[1] and I saw that you wear Sibtiyyah sandals,[2] and I saw that you dye with yellow,[3] and I saw that when you are in Makkah, the people enter into Ihrām when they see the crescent, but you do not until the Day of Tarwiyah.”[4] So ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar said: “As for the cornens, then I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ only touch the two southern ones. And as for the Sibtiyyah sandals, then I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ wearing sandals without any hair on them, and perform Wudū in them, so I also love to wear them. And as for (dyeing) with yellow, I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ dye with it, so I too love to dye with it. And as for announcing the Ihrām, I did not see the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ enter into the state of Ihrām until his mount started traveling with him.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1772 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَنَّهُ، قَالَ لِعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ: يَا أَبَا عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، رَأَيْتُكَ تَصْنَعُ أَرْبَعًا لَمْ أَرَ أَحَدًا مِنْ أَصْحَابِكَ يَصْنَعُهَا، قَالَ: «مَا هُنَّ يَا ابْنَ جُرَيْجٍ»، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُكَ لَا تَمَسُّ مِنَ الأَرْكَانِ إِلَّا الْيَمَانِيَّيْنِ، وَرَأَيْتُكَ تَلْبَسُ النِّعَالَ السِّبْتِيَّةَ، وَرَأَيْتُكَ تَصْبُغُ بِالصُّفْرَةِ، وَرَأَيْتُكَ إِذَا كُنْتَ بِمَكَّةَ أَهَلَّ النَّاسُ إِذَا رَأَوُا الْهِلَالَ، وَلَمْ تُهِلَّ أَنْتَ حَتَّى كَانَ يَوْمَ التَّرْوِيَةِ، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ: «أَمَّا الْأَرْكَانُ فَإِنِّي لَمْ أَرَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَمَسُّ إِلَّا الْيَمَانِيَّيْنِ، وَأَمَّا النِّعَالُ السِّبْتِيَّةُ فَإِنِّي رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَلْبَسُ النِّعَالَ الَّتِي لَيْسَ فِيهَا شَعْرٌ وَيَتَوَضَّأُ فِيهَا، فَأَنَا أُحِبُّ أَنْ أَلْبَسَهَا، وَأَمَّا الصُّفْرَةُ فَإِنِّي رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْبُغُ بِهَا، فَأَنَا أُحِبُّ أَنْ أَصْبُغَ بِهَا، وَأَمَّا الْإِهْلَالُ فَإِنِّي لَمْ أَرَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُهِلُّ حَتَّى تَنْبَعِثَ بِهِ رَاحِلَتُهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1772

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1772

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1773

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1773. It was reported from Muḥammad bin Al-Munkadir, from Anas, who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed Zuhr as four Rak'ahs in Al-Madinah, and he prayed Aṣr as two Rak'ahs at Dhul [1] The two southern corners are the Yemeni corner and the corner where the Black Stone is. [2] It is also pronounced differently and they say it refers to sandals made of leather that is hairless. And they also describe them with other than that. [3] With something that gives a yellowish appearance and they differ over whether it refers to the hair or the clothes. [4] The eighth day of Dhul-Hijjah. Hulaifah. He then spent the night in Dhul Hulaifah until the next morning. And when he had mounted his camel and stood up, he announced his Ihrām.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1773 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ أَرْبَعًا، وَصَلَّى الْعَصْرَ بِذِي الْحُلَيْفَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ بَاتَ بِذِي الْحُلَيْفَةِ حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ، فَلَمَّا رَكِبَ رَاحِلَتَهُ وَاسْتَوَتْ بِهِ أَهَلَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1773

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1773

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1774

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1774. It was reported from Al-Ḥasan, from Anas bin Mālik that the Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhr and then mounted his camel. Once he had reached the peak of Al-Baydā’, he announced his Ihrām. (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1774 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا رَوْحٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَشْعَثُ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ رَاحِلَتَهُ فَلَمَّا عَلَا عَلَى جَبَلِ الْبَيْدَاءِ أَهَلَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1774

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1774

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1775

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1775. Sa’d bin Abī Waqqāṣ narrated: “When the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ took the Fur’ road, he would announce his Ihrām after his mount had stood up with him. And when he took the Uḥud road, he would announce his Ihrām when he had reached the peak of the mount of Al-Baidā’.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1775 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ جَرِيرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ:، سَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْحَاقَ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ بِنْتِ سَعْدِ بْنِ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ سَعْدُ بْنُ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ: كَانَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا أَخَذَ طَرِيقَ الْفُرْعِ أَهَلَّ إِذَا اسْتَقَلَّتْ بِهِ رَاحِلَتُهُ، وَإِذَا أَخَذَ طَرِيقَ أُحُدٍ أَهَلَّ إِذَا أَشْرَفَ عَلَى جَبَلِ الْبَيْدَاءِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1775

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1775

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

Stipulating Conditions During Hajj

Hadith 1776

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1776. Ibn 'Abbas narrated that Dubã'ah bint Az-Zubair bin 'Abdul-Muttalib came to the Messenger of Allah and said: "0 Messenger of Allah! I wish to perform Hajj, should I make a condition?" He said: "Yes." She asked: "So what should I say?" He said: "Say: 'Labaik! Allahumma labaik! Wa mahilli minal-ardi haithu habastani (I respond to your call 0 Allah, I respond. And my place of leaving the (state of) Iizram will be where You prevent me)." (Sahlh)

Arabic text

1776 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ الْعَوَّامِ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ خَبَّابٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ ضُبَاعَةَ بِنْتَ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ ، أَتَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي أُرِيدُ الْحَجَّ أَشْتَرِطُ، قَالَ: نَعَمْ "، قَالَتْ: فَكَيْفَ أَقُولُ؟، قَالَ: «قُولِي لَبَّيْكَ اللَّهُمَّ لَبَّيْكَ، وَمَحِلِّي مِنَ الْأَرْضِ حَيْثُ حَبَسْتَنِي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1776

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1776

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

Performing The Ifrād Hajj

Hadith 1777

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1777. It was reported from 'Abdur- Rahman bin Al-Qasim from his father, from 'Aishah, that the Messenger of Allah 44performed Ijajj by Ifrad (i.e., only Hajj). (Sahih)

Arabic text

1777 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَفْرَدَ الْحَجَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1777

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1777

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1778

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1778. It was reported from Hishām bin 'Urwah, from his father, from 'Aishah, that she said: "We left along with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ close to the beginning of Dhul- Hijjah. When we reached Dhul-Hulaifah, he said: 'Whoever wishes to enter Ihrām for Hajj may do so, and whoever wishes to enter Ihrām for Umrah may do so.'" — For the narration of Wuhaib, Mūsā said:[1] 'As for me, then were it not for the fact that I have the Hadī, I would announce Ihrām for Umrah.' — The narration of Ḥammad bin Salamah has: 'As for me, then I will announce Ihrām for Hajj since I have the Hadī with me.' — Then they were in accord — ('Aishah said) "So I was of those who announced the Ihrām for Umrah, but once we had traveled some distance, my menses started. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to me while I was crying, and asked: 'What makes you cry?' I said: 'I wish that I had not come this year!' He said: 'Leave aside your Umrah, and undo your hair, and comb.'" — Mūsā said: 'and announce Ihrām for Hajj,' — whereas Sulaimān said: 'and do everything that the Muslims do during their Hajj.'" — So when the night that they were to return (to Al-Madīnah) arrived, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ ordered 'Abdur-Raḥmān to take her to Tan'im. — Mūsā added: "So she performed Umrah in place of the Umrah (that she gave up), and she performed the Tawāf around the House, so Allāh allowed her to complete her Umrah and Hajj." Hishām said: "There was no Hādī involved in that." (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: Mūsā added, in the narration of Ḥammād bin Salamah: "Āishah became pure (her menses finished) one night of Al-Baṭhā."

Arabic text

1778 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَلَمَةَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُوَافِينَ هِلَالَ ذِي الْحِجَّةِ فَلَمَّا كَانَ بِذِي الْحُلَيْفَةِ قَالَ: «مَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يُهِلَّ بِحَجٍّ فَلْيُهِلَّ، وَمَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يُهِلَّ بِعُمْرَةٍ فَلْيُهِلَّ بِعُمْرَةٍ». قَالَ مُوسَى: فِي حَدِيثِ وُهَيْبٍ، فَإِنِّي لَوْلَا أَنِّي أَهْدَيْتُ لَأَهْلَلْتُ بِعُمْرَةٍ، وَقَالَ: فِي حَدِيثِ حَمَّادِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، وَأَمَّا أَنَا فَأُهِلُّ بِالْحَجِّ فَإِنَّ مَعِي الْهَدْيَ، ثُمَّ اتَّفَقُوا فَكُنْتُ فِيمَنْ، أَهَلَّ بِعُمْرَةٍ فَلَمَّا كَانَ فِي بَعْضِ الطَّرِيقِ، حِضْتُ فَدَخَلَ عَلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَنَا أَبْكِي، فَقَالَ: «مَا يُبْكِيكِ؟»، قُلْتُ: وَدِدْتُ أَنِّي لَمْ أَكُنْ خَرَجْتُ الْعَامَ، قَالَ: «ارْفِضِي عُمْرَتَكِ وَانْقُضِي رَأْسَكِ وَامْتَشِطِي». قَالَ مُوسَى: «وَأَهِلِّي بِالْحَجِّ» وَقَالَ سُلَيْمَانُ وَاصْنَعِي مَا يَصْنَعُ الْمُسْلِمُونَ فِي حَجِّهِمْ فَلَمَّا كَانَ لَيْلَةُ الصَّدَرِ أَمَرَ يَعْنِي رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ فَذَهَبَ بِهَا إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ زَادَ مُوسَى فَأَهَلَّتْ بِعُمْرَةٍ مَكَانَ عُمْرَتِهَا وَطَافَتْ بِالْبَيْتِ فَقَضَى اللَّهُ عُمْرَتَهَا وَحَجَّهَا، قَال هِشَامٌ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْ ذَلِكَ هَدْيٌ. قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: زَادَ مُوسَى فِي حَدِيثِ حَمَّادِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ فَلَمَّا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةُ الْبَطْحَاءِ طَهُرَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, Mūsā bin Ismā'īl, who narrated it to Abū Dāwūd from Wuhaib as well as Ḥammad bin Salamah. Abū Dāwūd narrated it from three chains reaching to Hishām, the one not mentioned, being the first wording cited, is Sulaimān, from Ḥammad bin Zaid.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1778

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1778

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1779

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1779. It was reported from Abū Al-Aswad Muḥammad bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān Ibn Nawfal, from 'Urwah bin Az-Zubair, from 'Āishah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, who said: "We went with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ during the year of the Farewell Pilgrimage. Some of us entered Iḥrām for Umrah, and some of us entered Iḥrām for Hajj and Umrah, and some of us entered Iḥrām for Hajj (alone). The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered Iḥrām for Hajj. So as for those who entered Iḥrām for Hajj, or combined between Hajj and Umrah, they did not exit the state of Iḥrām until the Day of Sacrifice." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1779 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَسْوَدِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَامَ حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ «فَمِنَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِعُمْرَةٍ، وَمِنَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِحَجٍّ وَعُمْرَةٍ، وَمِنَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِالْحَجِّ، وَأَهَلَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْحَجِّ، فَأَمَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِالْحَجِّ أَوْ جَمَعَ الْحَجَّ وَالْعُمْرَةَ، فَلَمْ يُحِلُّوا حَتَّى كَانَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1779

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1779

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1780

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1780. (Another chain) from Abū Al-Aswad, with his chain and similar (to no. 1780). He added: "And as for those who entered Ihrām for Umrah, they exited the state of Ihrām (after their Umrah).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1780 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَسْوَدِ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ مِثْلَهُ زَادَ «فَأَمَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِعُمْرَةٍ فَأَحَلَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1780

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1780

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1781

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albani(رواية القعنبي عن مالك عن ابن شهاب) صحيح، (رواية إبراهيم بن سعد ومعمر عن ابن شهاب) **Al-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1781. Mālik reported from Ibn Shihāb, from 'Urwah bin Az-Zubair, from 'Aishah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, that she said: “We went with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ during the Farewell Pilgrimage, and entered Ihrām for Umrah. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ then said: 'Whoever has his sacrificial animals with him, let him announce his Ihrām for Hajj along with an Umrah, and let him not leave his state (of Ihrām) until he completes them both.' So I reached Makkah while I was in my menses, and I did not do the Tawāf around the House, nor (the Ṣaṭ) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah. So I complained to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ because of that, and he said: 'Undo your hair, and comb it, and enter Ihrām for Hajj, and leave the Umrah.' So that is what I did, and once we had finished the Hajj, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent me with 'Abdur-Raḥman bin Abī Bakr to Tan'im, and I performed Umrah. He said: 'This is in place of your Umrah.' So as for those who had entered Ihrām for Umrah, they performed the Tawāf around the House, and between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, and then they left the state of Ihrām. Then they performed another Tawāf for their Hajj, after they had returned to Minā. As for those who had combined between the Hajj and 'Umrah, they only performed one Tawāf.' (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: Ibrāhīm bin Sa'd and Ma'mar reported it similarly from Ibn Shihāb. They did not mention the Tawāf of those who entered Ihrām for 'Umrah and the Tawāf of those who combined Hajj and 'Umrah.

Arabic text

1781 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ فَأَهْلَلْنَا بِعُمْرَةٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ فَلْيُهِلَّ بِالْحَجِّ مَعَ الْعُمْرَةِ، ثُمَّ لَا يَحِلُّ حَتَّى يَحِلَّ مِنْهُمَا جَمِيعًا» فَقَدِمْتُ مَكَّةَ وَأَنَا حَائِضٌ وَلَمْ أَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَلَا بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ، فَشَكَوْتُ ذَلِكَ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «انْقُضِي رَأْسَكِ وَامْتَشِطِي وَأَهِلِّي بِالْحَجِّ، وَدَعِي الْعُمْرَةَ»، قَالَتْ: فَفَعَلْتُ فَلَمَّا قَضَيْنَا الْحَجَّ أَرْسَلَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَعَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ فَاعْتَمَرْتُ، فَقَالَ: «هَذِهِ مَكَانُ عُمْرَتِكِ» قَالَتْ: فَطَافَ الَّذِينَ أَهَلُّوا بِالْعُمْرَةِ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ ثُمَّ حَلُّوا، ثُمَّ طَافُوا طَوَافًا آخَرَ بَعْدَ أَنْ رَجَعُوا مِنْ مِنًى لِحَجِّهِمْ، وَأَمَّا الَّذِينَ كَانُوا جَمَعُوا الْحَجَّ وَالْعُمْرَةَ فَإِنَّمَا طَافُوا طَوَافًا وَاحِدًا. قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، وَمَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، نَحْوَهُ لَمْ يَذْكُرُوا طَوَافَ الَّذِينَ أَهَلُّوا بِعُمْرَةٍ وَطَوَافَ الَّذِينَ جَمَعُوا الْحَجَّ وَالْعُمْرَةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1781

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1781

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1782

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-Albaniصحيح دون قوله: "من شاء أن يجعلها عمرة ..." والصواب: "اجعلوها عمرة" : م ويأتي برقم (١٧٨٨) // هو في صحيح سنن أبي داود برقم (١٥٧٢) //Al-Albani(قلت: إسناده على شرط مسلم. وقد أخرجه، ولكنه لم يَسُقْ منه إلا طرفه الأول، وأحال في سائر لفظه على رواية أخرى بنحوه؛ وفيه أنه صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيهِ وَسَلَّمَ قال: "اجعلوها عمرة". وهذا هو الصواب كما في الرواية الآتية؛ دون قوله: "من شاء أن يجعلها عمرة"؛ فإنه منكر، تفرد به حماد بن سلمة دون كل الثقات الذين رووا هذه القصة من جميع الطرق عن عائشة، فليس في شيء منها هذا التخيير بعد دخول مكة، وإنما هو في بعضها عند ذي الحليفة، كما في الطريق الثانية المتقدمة (١٥٥٩)، وهو المحفوظ)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1782. It was reported from 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Al-Qāsim, from his father, from 'Āishah, that she said: "We were saying the Talbiyah for Hajj, until when we reached Sarf, my menses started. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to me while I was crying, and asked: 'What has caused you to cry, O 'Āishah?' I said: 'My menses have started — how I wish I had not entered the state of Ihrām for Hajj!' He said: 'Subhān Allāh! This is something that has been decreed for the daughters of Ādam. Do all the rites, except the Tawāf of the House.' When we entered Makkah, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever wishes to make it 'Umrah, let him do so, except someone who has his sacrificial animals with him.' And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sacrificed a cow on behalf of his wives on the Day of Sacrifice.” On the night of Al-Baṭhā’ (in Minā), ‘Āishah (may Allāh be pleased with her) became pure (from her menses), so she said: “O Messenger of Allāh! Will it be that my companions return with a Hajj and Umrah, while I only return with a Hajj?” So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Bakr to go with her to Tanīm, where she began saying the Talbiyah for Umrah. (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1782 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَلَمَةَ مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: لَبَّيْنَا بِالْحَجِّ حَتَّى إِذَا كُنَّا بِسَرِفَ حِضْتُ فَدَخَلَ عَلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَنَا أَبْكِي، فَقَالَ: «مَا يُبْكِيكِ يَا عَائِشَةُ؟»، فَقُلْتُ: حِضْتُ لَيْتَنِي لَمْ أَكُنْ حَجَجْتُ، فَقَالَ: «سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ إِنَّمَا ذَلِكَ شَيْءٌ كَتَبَهُ اللَّهُ عَلَى بَنَاتِ آدَمَ»، فَقَالَ: «انْسُكِي الْمَنَاسِكَ كُلَّهَا غَيْرَ أَنْ لَا تَطُوفِي بِالْبَيْتِ»، فَلَمَّا دَخَلْنَا مَكَّةَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يَجْعَلَهَا عُمْرَةً فَلْيَجْعَلْهَا عُمْرَةً، إِلَّا مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ الْهَدْيُ»، قَالَتْ: وَذَبَحَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ نِسَائِهِ الْبَقَرَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، فَلَمَّا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةُ الْبَطْحَاءِ وَطَهُرَتْ عَائِشَةُ قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَتَرْجِعُ صَوَاحِبِي بِحَجٍّ وَعُمْرَةٍ وَأَرْجِعُ أَنَا بِالْحَجِّ، فَأَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَذَهَبَ بِهَا إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ فَلَبَّتْ بِالْعُمْرَةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1782

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1782

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1783

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1783. It was reported from Ibrāhīm, from Al-Aswad, from ‘Āishah, that she said: “We left with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ only intending to perform Hajj. Once we arrived, we performed Tawāf of the House, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded those who did not have any sacrificial animals to leave their Iḥrām. So whoever did not have his animal with him left the state of Iḥrām.” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1783 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَا نَرَى إِلَّا أَنَّهُ الْحَجُّ، فَلَمَّا قَدِمْنَا تَطَوَّفْنَا بِالْبَيْتِ «فَأَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ سَاقَ الْهَدْيَ أَنْ يُحِلَّ، فَأَحَلَّ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ سَاقَ الْهَدْيَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1783

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1783

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1784

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1784. It was reported from Az-Zuhri, from ‘Urwah, from ‘Āishah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Had I known what I know now, I would not have brought the sacrificial animals with me.” Muhammad said:[1] “I think he said: ‘And I would have left the state of Ihrām along with those who did so after their Umrah.’” He said:[2] “He wanted everyone to do the same thing.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1784 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ الذُّهَلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، أَخْبَرَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَوِ اسْتَقْبَلْتُ مِنْ أَمْرِي مَا اسْتَدْبَرْتُ، لَمَّا سُقْتُ الْهَدْيَ»، قَالَ مُحَمَّدٌ: أَحْسَبُهُ قَالَ: «وَلَحَلَلْتُ مَعَ الَّذِينَ أَحَلُّوا مِنَ الْعُمْرَةِ»، قَالَ: أَرَادَ أَنْ يَكُونَ أَمْرُ النَّاسِ وَاحِدًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1784

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1784

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1785

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1785. It was reported from Al-Laith, from Abū Az-Zubair, from Jābir, who said: “We came with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ having entered Ihrām for Hajj only (Ifrād), whereas ‘Aishah entered Ihrām for Umrah. But when she reached Sarf, she bled (with her menses). Once we arrived (in Makkah), we performed the Tawāf around the Ka’bah, and between Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwah. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded that those among us who did not have the sacrificial animals should leave their state of Ihrām. We said: ‘What is now permissible (for us)?’ He said: ‘Everything.’ So we went to (our) wives, and used perfume, and wore our (normal) clothes, even though there were only four nights between us and (the day of) ‘Arafah. We then entered the Ihram on the Day of Tarwiyah (the eighth of Dhul-Hijjah). The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to ‘Aishah, but found her crying. He said: ‘What is the matter?’ She said: ‘The matter is that my menses have started, and the people had left their Ihram, but not me, and I did not perform Tawāf around the House. And now the people are going for Hajj!’ So he said: ‘This is a matter that Allāh has decreed for the daughters of Ādam, so perform Ghusl, then enter Ihram for Hajj.’ She did so, and stood along with the people (at ‘Arafah), until, when she became pure, she performed the Tawāf of the House, and between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah. The Prophet ﷺ then said: ‘You have now left the Ihram after (performing) both Hajj and Umrah together.’ She said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! I find myself (upset) that I did not perform the Tawāf around the House until after I had performed the Hajj.’ So he said: ‘So go, O ‘Abdur-Raḥmān, and allow her to perform an ‘Umrah from Tan‘im,’ and this was the night of Al-Ḥaṣbah.’[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1785 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: أَقْبَلْنَا مُهِلِّينَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْحَجِّ مُفْرَدًا، وَأَقْبَلَتْ عَائِشَةُ مُهِلَّةً بِعُمْرَةٍ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتْ بِسَرِفَ عَرَكَتْ حَتَّى إِذَا قَدِمْنَا طُفْنَا بِالْكَعْبَةِ وَبِالصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ، فَأَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُحِلَّ مِنَّا مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ، قَالَ: فَقُلْنَا: حِلُّ مَاذَا؟ فَقَالَ «الْحِلُّ كُلُّهُ» فَوَاقَعْنَا النِّسَاءَ، وَتَطَيَّبْنَا بِالطِّيبِ، وَلَبِسْنَا ثِيَابَنَا، وَلَيْسَ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ عَرَفَةَ إِلَّا أَرْبَعُ لَيَالٍ، ثُمَّ أَهْلَلْنَا يَوْمَ التَّرْوِيَةِ، ثُمَّ دَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى عَائِشَةَ فَوَجَدَهَا تَبْكِي فَقَالَ : «مَا شَأْنُكِ؟» قَالَتْ: شَأْنِي أَنِّي قَدْ حِضْتُ، وَقَدْ حَلَّ النَّاسُ وَلَمْ أَحْلُلْ، وَلَمْ أَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ وَالنَّاسُ يَذْهَبُونَ إِلَى الْحَجِّ الْآنَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ هَذَا أَمْرٌ كَتَبَهُ اللَّهُ عَلَى بَنَاتِ آدَمَ فَاغْتَسِلِي، ثُمَّ أَهِلِّي بِالْحَجِّ» فَفَعَلَتْ، وَوَقَفَتِ الْمَوَاقِفَ حَتَّى إِذَا طَهُرَتْ طَافَتْ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبِالصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «قَدْ حَلَلْتِ مِنْ حَجِّكِ وَعُمْرَتِكِ جَمِيعًا» قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي أَجِدُ فِي نَفْسِي أَنِّي لَمْ أَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ حِينَ حَجَجْتُ قَالَ: «فَاذْهَبْ بِهَا يَا عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ فَأَعْمِرْهَا مِنَ التَّنْعِيمِ» وَذَلِكَ لَيْلَةُ الْحَصْبَةِ.

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Muhammad bin Yahyā bin Fāris, Adh-Dhuhli, the one that Abū Dāwud heard this from. And the “he” being referred too is ‘Uthmān bin ‘Umar, from whom Adh-Dhuhli heard the narration.

2 [2] That is, Adh-Dhuhli said this, explaining the narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1785

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1785

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1786

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1786. It was reported from Ibn Juraij, that Abū Az-Zubair informed him that he heard Jābir say: “The Prophet ﷺ came to ‘Aishah.” Mentioning some of this incident (as in no. 1785). He said: “Then intend to perform Hajj, and do everything that the one performing Hajj does, except do not perform the Tawāf around the House, and do not offer Ṣalāt.” (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

1786 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ جَابِرًا، قَالَ: دَخَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى عَائِشَةَ بِبَعْضِ هَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ قَالَ: عِنْدَ قَوْلِهِ «وَأَهِلِّي بِالْحَجِّ»، «ثُمَّ حُجِّي وَاصْنَعِي مَا يَصْنَعُ الْحَاجُّ غَيْرَ أَنْ لَا تَطُوفِي بِالْبَيْتِ وَلَا تُصَلِّي»

Footnotes

1 [1] The night following the nights of At-Tashrīq, when the Muhrims camp at Al-Muḥaṣṣab.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1786

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1786

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1787

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1787. It was reported from Al-Awzā'ī who said: “One who heard from ‘Aṭā' bin Abī Rabāḥ narrated to me, that Al-Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh narrated to him: “We entered Iḥrām for Hajj with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ; we had no objective for performing anything else. So we reached Makkah on the fourth of Dhul-Hijjah, and performed the Tawāf and Sa'ī. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ then ordered us to leave the state of Iḥrām, and said: ‘Were it not for my sacrificial animals, I would have left it.’ Surāqah bin Mālik then stood up and said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! This Tamattu' of ours — is it for this year only, or forever?’ He replied: ‘Rather, it is forever.’” (Ṣāḥih) Al-Awzā'ī said: “I heard ‘Aṭā' bin Abī Rabāḥ narrating this, but I did not remember it until I met Ibn Jurāij who affirmed it for me.”[1]

Arabic text

1787 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ مَزْيَدٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبِي، حَدَّثَنِي الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي مَنْ، سَمِعَ عَطَاءَ بْنَ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، حَدَّثَنِي جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: أَهْلَلْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْحَجِّ خَالِصًا، لَا يُخَالِطُهُ شَيْءٌ فَقَدِمْنَا مَكَّةَ لِأَرْبَعِ لَيَالٍ خَلَوْنَ مِنْ ذِي الْحِجَّةِ فَطُفْنَا وَسَعَيْنَا ثُمَّ أَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ نُحِلَّ، وَقَالَ: «لَوْلَا هَدْيِي لَحَلَلْتُ»، ثُمَّ قَامَ سُرَاقَةُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَرَأَيْتَ مُتْعَتَنَا هَذِهِ أَلِعَامِنَا هَذَا أَمْ لِلْأَبَدِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «بَلْ هِيَ لِلْأَبَدِ». قَالَ الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ: سَمِعْتُ عَطَاءَ بْنَ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، يُحَدِّثُ بِهَذَا فَلَمْ أَحْفَظْهُ حَتَّى لَقِيتُ ابْنَ جُرَيْجٍ فَأَثْبَتَهُ لِي

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1787

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1787

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1788

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1788. It was reported from Qais bin Sa'd, from 'Aṭā' bin Abī Rabāh, from Jābir, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and his Companions arrived after four nights of Dhul-Hijjah had passed. After they had performed the Tawāf of the House, and between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Make it an Umrah, except one who has his Hadi with him.' On the Day of Tarwiyah, they entered Ihrām for Hajj. Then, on the Day of Sacrifice, they came and performed Tawāf of the House, and did not go between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1788 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ لِأَرْبَعِ لَيَالٍ خَلَوْنَ مِنْ ذِي الْحِجَّةِ، فَلَمَّا طَافُوا بِالْبَيْتِ وَبِالصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اجْعَلُوهَا عُمْرَةً إِلَّا مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ الْهَدْيَ»، فَلَمَّا كَانَ يَوْمُ التَّرْوِيَةِ أَهَلُّوا بِالْحَجِّ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ يَوْمُ النَّحْرِ قَدِمُوا فَطَافُوا بِالْبَيْتِ، وَلَمْ يَطُوفُوا بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1788

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1788

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1789

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1789. It was reported from Ḥabīb, meaning Al-Mu'allam, from 'Aṭā' that Jābir bin 'Abdullāh narrated to him: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and his Companions entered Ihrām for Hajj, and none of them had, at that time, the Hadi with them except for the Prophet ﷺ and Ṭālahā. 'Alī, may Allāh be pleased with him, had come from Yemen, and he too had his Hadi, and he had said: 'I enter Ihrām for what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ has entered Ihrām.' The Prophet ﷺ then commanded his Companions to make (their Hajj) into an Umrah: They should perform the Tawāf, then cut their hair, and then leave the state of Ihrām — except for one who had the Hadi with him. But they said: 'Are we going to leave for Minā while our private parts are dripping (with fluid)?' This reached the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and he said: 'Had I known what I know now, I would not have taken the sacrificial animals, and were it not for the fact that I have the animals with me, I would have left the state of Ihrām.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1789 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ الثَّقَفِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا حَبِيبٌ يَعْنِي الْمُعَلِّمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، حَدَّثَنِي جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَهَلَّ هُوَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ بِالْحَجِّ وَلَيْسَ مَعَ أَحَدٍ مِنْهُمْ يَوْمَئِذٍ هَدْيٌ إِلَّا النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَطَلْحَةَ وَكَانَ عَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَدِمَ مِنَ الْيَمَنِ وَمَعَهُ الْهَدْيُ فَقَالَ: أَهْلَلْتُ بِمَا أَهَلَّ بِهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَإِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَ أَصْحَابَهُ أَنْ يَجْعَلُوهَا عُمْرَةً يَطُوفُوا، ثُمَّ يُقَصِّرُوا وَيُحِلُّوا إِلَّا مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ الْهَدْيُ فَقَالُوا: أَنَنْطَلِقُ إِلَى مِنًى وَذُكُورُنَا تَقْطُرُ فَبَلَغَ ذَلِكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «لَوْ أَنِّي اسْتَقْبَلْتُ مِنْ أَمْرِي مَا اسْتَدْبَرْتُ مَا أَهْدَيْتُ، وَلَوْلَا أَنَّ مَعِي الْهَدْيَ لَأَحْلَلْتُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1789

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1789

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1790

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1790. It was reported from Shu'bah, from Al-Ḥakam, from Mujāhid, from Ibn 'Abbās, from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: "This is an 'Umrah' that we have performed Tamattu' with. So whoever does not have his Hadi, then let him exit Ihrām completely. And indeed, 'Umrah' has been joined into the Hajj until the Day of Judgment." (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: This is Munkar, it is only a statement of Ibn 'Abbās.

Arabic text

1790 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، أَنَّ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «هَذِهِ عُمْرَةٌ اسْتَمْتَعْنَا بِهَا فَمَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ عِنْدَهُ هَدْيٌ فَلْيُحِلَّ الْحِلَّ كُلَّهُ وَقَدْ دَخَلَتِ الْعُمْرَةُ فِي الْحَجِّ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا مُنْكَرٌ إِنَّمَا هُوَ قَوْلُ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1790

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1790

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1791

DarussalamNot foundAl-Albani(حديث ابن عباس) **، (قول أبي داود: رواه ابن جريج عن رجل عن عطاء: دخل عمرة) صحيحAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1791. It was reported from An-Nahhās, from 'Aṭā', from Ibn 'Abbās, from the Prophet ﷺ, who said: "If a person enters Ihrām for Hajj, and then comes to Makkah and performs the Tawāf of the House, and between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, then he has left the state of Ihrām, and it (is considered) an 'Umrah.'" (Da'if)Abū Dāwūd said: It was reported by Ibn Jurāij from a man, from 'Aṭā': "The Companions of the Prophet ﷺ entered (Makkah) with Ihrām for Hajj, only but the Prophet ﷺ made it an 'Umrah."

Arabic text

1791 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا النَّهَّاسُ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا أَهَلَّ الرَّجُلُ بِالْحَجِّ، ثُمَّ قَدِمَ مَكَّةَ فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبِالصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ فَقَدْ حَلَّ وَهِيَ عُمْرَةٌ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، دَخَلَ أَصْحَابُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُهِلِّينَ بِالْحَجِّ خَالِصًا، فَجَعَلَهَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عُمْرَةً

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1791

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1791

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1792

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1792. It was reported from Yazīd bin Abī Ziyād, from Mujāhid, from Ibn 'Abbās, who said: "The Prophet ﷺ entered Ihrām his for Hajj. When he came (to Makkah), he performed the Tawāf of the House, and between Aṣ-Safā and Al-Marwah" — Ibn Shawkar (one of the narrators) said: "and he didn't shorten (his hair)," then they were in accord — "but he did not leave the state of Ihrām because of the Hadī. And he commanded those who did not bring the Hadī to perform the Tawāf, and the Saṭ, and to shorten (the hair) then leave Ihrām." In his narration, Ibn Manī' added: "Or shave, then leave Ihrām." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1792 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ شَوْكَرٍ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، قَالَ ابْنُ مَنِيعٍ: أَخْبَرَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «أَهَلَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْحَجِّ فَلَمَّا قَدِمَ طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ». وَقَالَ ابْنُ شَوْكَرٍ، وَلَمْ يُقَصِّرْ، ثُمَّ اتَّفَقَا وَلَمْ يُحِلَّ مِنْ أَجْلِ الْهَدْيِ، وَأَمَرَ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ سَاقَ الْهَدْيَ أَنْ يَطُوفَ وَأَنْ يَسْعَى وَيُقَصِّرَ، ثُمَّ يُحِلَّ زَادَ ابْنُ مَنِيعٍ فِي حَدِيثِهِ أَوْ يَحْلِقَ ثُمَّ يُحِلَّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1792

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1792

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1793

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده مرسل ضعيف؛ عبد الله بن القاسم فيه جهالة. وسعيد بن المسيب لم يصح سماعه من عمر بن الخطاب. وقال الخطابي: " في إسناده مقال ")
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1793. It was reported from Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab, that a Companion of the Prophet ﷺ came to 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb, may Allāh be pleased with him, and testified in front of him that he had heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, during his illness in which he died, prohibit an 'Umrah before Hajj. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1793 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي حَيْوَةُ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو عِيسَى الْخُرَاسَانِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمسَيِّبِ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَتَى عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَشَهِدَ عِنْدَهُ أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مَرَضِهِ الَّذِي قُبِضَ فِيهِ «يَنْهَى عَنِ الْعُمْرَةِ قَبْلَ الْحَجِّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1793

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1793

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1794

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح، إلا النهي عن القران فهو شاذ // ضعيف الجامع الصغير (٦٠٢٣) //Al-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1794. It was reported from Mu'āwiyah bin Abū Sufyān, that he said to the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ: "Do you know that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade such-and-such? And he forbade riding on the skins of leopards?" They said: "Yes." He said: "Do you know that he forbade combining (Qirān) of Hajj and Umrah?" They said: "As for this, then no." He said: "Indeed, this (prohibition) is along with those (other prohibitions), but you have forgotten." (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

1794 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي شَيْخٍ الْهُنَائِيِّ خَيْوَانَ بْنِ خَلْدَةَ، مِمَّنْ قَرَأَ عَلَى أَبِي مُوسَى الْأَشْعَرِيِّ، مِنْ أَهْلِ الْبَصْرَةِ، أَنَّ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنَ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ لِأَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «هَلْ تَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَهَى عَنْ كَذَا وَكَذَا، وَعَنْ رُكُوبِ جُلُودِ النُّمُورِ؟»، قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «فَتَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهُ نَهَى أَنْ يُقْرَنَ بَيْنَ الْحَجِّ وَالْعُمْرَةِ»، فَقَالُوا: أَمَّا هَذَا فَلَا، فَقَالَ: «أَمَا إِنَّهَا مَعَهُنَّ وَلَكِنَّكُمْ نَسِيتُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1794

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1794

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

Regarding The Qirān (Hajj)

Hadith 1795

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1795. It was reported from Yahyā bin Abū Ishāq, Abdul-'Aziz bin Suhaib, and Humaid Aṭ-Tawil, from Anas bin Mālik, that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ begin the Talbiyah for Hajj and Umrah together. He said: "Labbaika 'umratan wa hajjan [ma'an], labbaika 'umratan wa hajja (Here I am (O Allāh) for Umrah and Hajj, here I am for Umrah and Hajj)."(Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1795 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، وَعَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ صُهَيْبٍ، وَحُمَيْدٌ الطَّوِيلُ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّهُم سَمِعُوهُ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُلَبِّي بِالْحَجِّ وَالْعُمْرَةِ جَمِيعًا، يَقُولُ: «لَبَّيْكَ عُمْرَةً وَحَجًّا، لَبَّيْكَ عُمْرَةً وَحَجًّا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1795

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1795

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1796

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1796. It was reported from Abū Qilābah from Anas, that the Prophet ﷺ spent the night — meaning in Dhul-Hulaifah — until the morning. He then mounted (his camel). When he reached Al-Baidā, he praised Allāh, glorified Him and said the Takbīr, then entered Ihrām for Hajj and Umrah. The people did likewise. When he arrived (at Makkah), he ordered the people to exit from their Ihrām, until the Day of Tarwiyah (the eighth of Dhul-Hijjah), when they entered into Ihrām for Hajj. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sacrificed seven camels with his own hands, while they were standing. (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: Anas alone narrated that the Prophet ﷺ began by praising Allāh, glorifying him, and saying the Takbīr, then began the Talbiyah.

Arabic text

1796 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَلَمَةَ مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «بَاتَ بِهَا يَعْنِي بِذِي الُحُلَيْفَةِ حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ حَتَّى إِذَا اسْتَوَتْ بِهِ عَلَى الْبَيْدَاءِ حَمِدَ اللَّهُ وَسَبَّحَ وَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ أَهَلَّ بِحَجٍّ وَعُمْرَةٍ وَأَهَلَّ النَّاسُ بِهِمَا»، فَلَمَّا قَدِمْنَا أَمَرَ النَّاسَ فَحَلُّوا حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ يَوْمُ التَّرْوِيَةِ أَهَلُّوا بِالْحَجِّ، وَنَحَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَبْعَ بَدَنَاتٍ بِيَدِهِ قِيَامًا ". قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: الَّذِي تَفَرَّدَ بِهِ يَعْنِي أَنَسًا مِنْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ أَنَّهُ بَدَأَ بِالْحَمْدِ وَالتَّسْبِيحِ وَالتَّكْبِيرِ ثُمَّ أَهَلَّ بِالْحَجِّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1796

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1796

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1797

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1797. Al-Barā' bin 'Azīb narrated: “I was with 'Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him, when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ placed him as a governor of Yemen. I obtained some amount (of gold) with him. When ‘Ali reached the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, from Yemen, he found Fātimah (may Allāh be pleased with her) wearing dyed clothes, and she had perfumed the house with Nadūh.[1] She said: ‘What is the matter with you? For the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ has commanded his Companions to leave the state of Ihrām.’ He said to her: ‘I have entered Ihrām for the same (rites) as the Prophet ﷺ.’ He then went to the Prophet ﷺ, who said to him: ‘What have you done?’ He said: ‘I have entered Ihrām for the same (rites) as the Prophet ﷺ.’ So the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘As for me, I have brought my Hadī with me, and combined (Qirān).’ He then said: ‘Sacrifice sixty-seven, or sixty-six, camels, and keep for yourself thirty-three, or thirty-four. And take from every animal a small portion (of meat) for me.’” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1797 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مُعِينٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ مَعَ عَلِيٍّ حِينَ أَمَّرَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى الْيَمَنِ قَالَ: فَأَصَبْتُ مَعَهُ أَوَاقِيَ فَلَمَّا قَدِمَ عَلِيٌّ مِنَ الْيَمَنِ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: وَجَدْتُ فَاطِمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَدْ لَبِسَتْ ثِيَابًا صَبِيغًا وَقَدْ نَضَحَتِ الْبَيْتَ بِنَضُوحٍ فَقَالَتْ: مَا لَكَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ أَمَرَ أَصْحَابَهُ فَأَحَلُّوا قَالَ: قُلْتُ لَهَا: إِنِّي أَهْلَلْتُ بِإِهْلَالِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: فَأَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ لِي: «كَيْفَ صَنَعْتَ؟»، فَقَالَ: قُلْتُ: أَهْلَلْتُ بِإِهْلَالِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «فَإِنِّي قَدْ سُقْتُ الْهَدْيَ وَقَرَنْتُ» قَالَ: فَقَالَ لِي: «انْحَرْ مِنَ البُدْنِ سَبْعًا وَسِتِّينَ أَوْ سِتًّا وَسِتِّينَ، وَأَمْسِكْ لِنَفْسِكَ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، أَوْ أَرْبَعًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَأَمْسِكْ لِي مِنْ كُلِّ بَدَنَةٍ مِنْهَا بَضْعَةً»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1797

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1797

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1798

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1798. Aṣ-Ṣubaī bin Maʿbad said: “I began the Talbiyah for both of them (Hajj and Umrah) together, so ‘Umar said to me, ‘You have been guided to the Sunnah of your Prophet.’” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1798 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ الصُّبَيُّ بْنُ مَعْبَدٍ: أَهْلَلْتُ بِهِمَا مَعًا، فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: «هُدِيتَ لِسُنَّةِ نَبِيِّكَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Its meaning is “diffused” or “effused” and they say that it is a type of perfume mixture whose fragrance is diffused.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1798

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1798

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1799

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1799. (Another chain of narration) Aṣ-Ṣubā' bin Ma'bad, who said: "I was a Bedouins man and a Christian, and then I accepted Islam. I went to a relative of mine by the name of Hudaim bin Thurmulah, and said: 'O so-and-so! I am eager for Jihād, and I see that Hajj and Umrah are obligatory on me, so how can I combine between them?' He said: 'Combine (the two together), and slaughter what you are able for the Hadī.' So I entered Iḥrām for both of them together. When I reached Al-'Udhaib, I met Salmān bin Rabī'ah and Zaid bin Ṣūhān — and had begun the Talbiyah for both of them (together). So one of them said to the other: 'This person is as ignorant as his camel!' And it was as if they had thrown a mountain on me! So I went to 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb, may Allāh be pleased with him, and said: 'O Commander of the Believers, I was a Bedouins man, and a Christian, and then I accepted Islam. And I am eager for Jihād, and I saw that Hajj and Umrah are obligatory on me, so I went to a relative of mine, who told me: 'Combine (the two) together, and slaughter what you are able to for the Hadī.' So I began the Talbiyah for both of them together.' 'Umar said to me: 'You have been guided to the Sunnah of your Prophet ﷺ.'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1799 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ بْنِ أَعْيَنَ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ الصُّبَيُّ بْنُ مَعْبَدٍ: كُنْتُ رَجُلًا أَعْرَابِيًّا نَصْرَانِيًّا فَأَسْلَمْتُ، فَأَتَيْتُ رَجُلًا مِنْ عَشِيرَتِي يُقَالُ لَهُ هُذَيْمُ بْنُ ثُرْمُلَةَ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: يَا هَنَاهْ إِنِّي حَرِيصٌ عَلَى الْجِهَادِ وَإِنِّي وَجَدْتُ الْحَجَّ وَالْعُمْرَةَ مَكْتُوبَيْنِ عَلَيَّ فَكَيْفَ لِي بِأَنْ أَجْمَعَهُمَا؟، قَالَ: اجْمَعْهُمَا وَاذْبَحْ مَا اسْتَيْسَرَ مِنَ الهَدْيِ فَأَهْلَلْتُ بِهِمَا مَعًا، فَلَمَّا أَتَيْتُ الْعُذَيْبَ لَقِيَنِي سَلْمَانُ بْنُ رَبِيعَةَ، وَزَيْدُ بْنُ صُوحَانَ وَأَنَا أُهِلُّ بِهِمَا جَمِيعًا، فَقَالَ أَحَدُهُمَا لِلْآخَرِ: مَا هَذَا بِأَفْقَهَ مِنْ بَعِيرِهِ، قَالَ: فَكَأَنَّمَا أُلْقِيَ عَلَيَّ جَبَلٌ حَتَّى أَتَيْتُ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: يَا أَمِيرَ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ، إِنِّي كُنْتُ رَجُلًا أَعْرَابِيًّا نَصْرَانِيًّا وَإِنِّي أَسْلَمْتُ، وَأَنَا حَرِيصٌ عَلَى الْجِهَادِ وَإِنِّي وَجَدْتُ الْحَجَّ وَالْعُمْرَةَ مَكْتُوبَيْنِ عَلَيَّ فَأَتَيْتُ رَجُلًا مِنْ قَوْمِي فَقَالَ لِي: «اجْمَعْهُمَا وَاذْبَحْ مَا اسْتَيْسَرَ مِنَ الهَدْيِ، وَإِنِّي أَهْلَلْتَ بِهِمَا مَعًا»، فَقَالَ لِي: عُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ «هُدِيتَ لِسُنَّةِ نَبِيِّكَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1799

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1799

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1800

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-Albani(حديث عمر بن الخطاب) صحيح، خ بلفظ: "وقل عمرة في حجة" وهو الأولى، (رواية الأوزاعي) **، (رواية يحيى بن أبي كثير) **Al-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1800. It was reported from 'Ikrimah, that he heard Ibn 'Abbās saying: "‘Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb, may Allāh be pleased with him, narrated to me that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say — while he was at (the valley of) ‘Aqīq: "A messenger came from my Lord, the Mighty and Sublime, last night, and said: 'Offer prayers in this blessed valley.' And he said: "Umrah in Hajj." (Ṣaḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: Al-Walīd bin Muslim and ‘Umar bin ‘Abdul-Wāhid reported this Hadīth from Al-Awzā‘ī, and in it is: "And say: "Umrah in Hajj."' Abū Dāwūd said: And this is how ‘Ali bin Al-Mubārak narrated it from Yaḥyā bin Abī Kathīr in this Hadīth, he said: "And say: "Umrah in Hajj."'

Arabic text

1800 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مِسْكِينٌ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، يَقُولُ: حَدَّثَنِي عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: " أَتَانِي اللَّيْلَةَ آتٍ مِنْ عِنْدِ رَبِّي عَزَّ وَجَلَّ، قَالَ: وَهُوَ بِالْعَقِيقِ وَقَالَ: صَلِّ فِي هَذَا الْوَادِي الْمُبَارَكِ، وَقَالَ: عُمْرَةٌ فِي حَجَّةٍ ". قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، وَعُمَرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَاحِدِ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ وَقُلْ عُمْرَةٌ، فِي حَجَّةٍ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَا رَوَاهُ عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ وَقَالَ: وَقُلْ عُمْرَةٌ فِي حَجَّةٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1800

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1800

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1801

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1801. Rabī‘ bin Sabrah narrated from his father that he said: "We left with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ (for Makkah). When we reached ‘Usfān, Surāqah bin Mālik Al-Mudlajī said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! Explain to us (the rites) as if you are explaining to a group of people who were born today!' He said: 'Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, has joined this Umrah for you in your Hajj, so whoever reaches (Makkah), and performs the Tawāf of the House and between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, he has exited the state of Ihrām, except if he has a Hadī with him.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1801 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، حَدَّثَنِي الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ سَبْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ بِعُسْفَانَ، قَالَ لَهُ: سُرَاقَةُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ الْمُدْلَجِيُّ، يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ: اقْضِ لَنَا قَضَاءَ قَوْمٍ كَأَنَّمَا وُلِدُوا الْيَوْمَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى قَدْ أَدْخَلَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِي حَجِّكُمْ هَذَا عُمْرَةً، فَإِذَا قَدِمْتُمْ فَمَنْ تَطَوَّفَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ، فَقَدْ حَلَّ إِلَّا مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1801

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1801

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1802

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1802. It was reported from Al-Ḥasan bin Muslim, from Ṭawūs, from Ibn ‘Abbās, that Mu‘āwiyah bin Abū Sufyān informed him: “I cut the Prophet’s ﷺ hair with the surface of a spearhead at Marwah, or I saw the Prophet’s ﷺ hair being cut with a spearhead at Al-Marwah.” Ibn Khallād (one of the narrators) said: “Mu‘āwiyah (said).” He did not mention: “informed him.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) .

Arabic text

1802 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ نَجْدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنِ خَلَّادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى الْمَعْنَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي الْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنَ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، أَخْبَرَهُ قَالَ: " قَصَّرْتُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِشْقَصٍ عَلَى الْمَرْوَةِ أَوْ رَأَيْتُهُ يُقَصِّرُ عَنْهُ عَلَى الْمَرْوَةِ بِمِشْقَصٍ. قَالَ: ابْنُ خَلَّادٍ، إِنَّ مُعَاوِيَةَ لَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَخْبَرَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1802

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1802

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1803

DarussalamNot foundAl-Albaniصحيح، دون قوله: "لحجته" فإنه شاذAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1803. It was reported from Ma‘mar, from Ibn Ṭawūs, from his father, from Ibn ‘Abbās that Mu‘āwiyah said to him: “Do you not know that I cut the Prophet’s ﷺ hair with a Bedouin’s spearhead at Al-Marwah?” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Al-Ḥasan (one of the narrators) added: “During his Hajj?”

Arabic text

1803 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، وَمَخْلَدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى الْمَعْنَى قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ مُعَاوِيَةَ، قَالَ لَهُ: «أَمَا عَلِمْتَ أَنِّي قَصَّرْتُ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِشْقَصِ أَعْرَابِيٍّ عَلَى الْمَرْوَةِ»، زَادَ الْحَسَنُ فِي حَدِيثِهِ لِحَجَّتِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1803

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1803

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1804

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1804. It was reported from Shu'bah, from Muslim Al-Qurri, who heard Ibn 'Abbās saying: "The Prophet ﷺ entered Ihrām for Umrah, and his Companions entered Ihrām for Hajj." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1804 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ مُعَاذٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُسْلِمٍ الْقُرِّيِّ، سَمِعَ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، يَقُولُ: «أَهَلَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِعُمْرَةٍ، وَأَهَلَّ أَصْحَابُهُ بِحَجٍّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1804

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1804

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1805

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniصحيح، لكن قوله: "وبدأ رسول الله صلى الله عليه وسلم فأهل بالعمرة ثم أهل بالحج" // شاذ //Al-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1805. 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed Tammatu with Umrah, joining it into Hajj during the Farewell Pilgrimage, and he gave the Hadī, and he brought the Hadī with him from Dhūl-Hulaifah. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ began with the Talbiyah for Umrah, and then the Talbiyah for Hajj. And the people also performed Tammatu with Umrah, joining it into Hajj along with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. Some people had a Hadī so they brought the Hadī with them, while others did not have a Hadī. When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ arrived in Makkah, he told the people: 'Whoever among you has a Hadī, then nothing that has become prohibited upon him will become permissible, until he completes his Hajj. But whoever among you does not have a Hadī, then let him perform Tawāf around the House, and between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, and cut his hair, and then let him exit the state of Ihrām. Then he should enter Ihrām for Hajj, and bring a Hadī, but whoever cannot find a Hadi, then let him fast days (more) three days during Hajj, and seven once he returns to his family.' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed Tawāf when he arrived in Makkah, and the first thing that he did was touch the Corner (of the Black stone). Then he walked at a brisk pace for three circuits of the seven, and walked normally for the (remaining) four. After he had finished the Tawāf, he prayed two Rak'ah behind the Station (of Ibrāhīm), and said the Taslīm. He then turned and went toward Aṣ-Ṣafā, and went between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah seven times. He did not leave his state of Iḥrām until he had completed his Hajj and sacrificed his Hadi on the Day of Sacrifice, and performed the Tawāf of the House. Then everything that had been prohibited for him became permissible (he left the state of Iḥrām). Those who had brought a Hadi with them did exactly as the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1805 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ شُعَيْبِ بْنِ اللَّيْثِ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ جَدِّي، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: تَمَتَّعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ بِالْعُمْرَةِ، إِلَى الْحَجِّ فَأَهْدَى وَسَاقَ مَعَهُ الْهَدْيَ مِنْ ذِي الْحُلَيْفَةِ، وَبَدَأَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَهَلَّ بِالْعُمْرَةِ، ثُمَّ أَهَلَّ بِالْحَجِّ وَتَمَتَّعَ النَّاسُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْعُمْرَةِ إِلَى الْحَجِّ فَكَانَ مِنَ النَّاسِ مَنْ أَهْدَى وَسَاقَ الْهَدْيَ وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ لَمْ يُهْدِ فَلَمَّا قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ قَالَ لِلنَّاسِ: «مَنْ كَانَ مِنْكُمْ أَهْدَى فَإِنَّهُ لَا يَحِلُّ لَهُ مِنْ شَيْءٍ حَرُمَ مِنْهُ حَتَّى يَقْضِيَ حَجَّهُ، وَمَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مِنْكُمْ أَهْدَى فَلْيَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبِالصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ وَلْيُقَصِّرْ وَلْيَحْلِلْ، ثُمَّ لِيُهِلَّ بِالْحَجِّ، وَلْيُهْدِ فَمَنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ هَدْيًا فَلْيَصُمْ ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ فِي الْحَجِّ، وَسَبْعَةً إِذَا رَجَعَ إِلَى أَهْلِهِ» وَطَافَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ قَدِمَ مَكَّةَ فَاسْتَلَمَ الرُّكْنَ أَوَّلَ شَيْءٍ، ثُمَّ خَبَّ ثَلَاثَةَ أَطْوَافٍ مِنَ السَّبْعِ وَمَشَى أَرْبَعَةَ أَطْوَافٍ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ حِينَ قَضَى طَوَافَهُ بِالْبَيْتِ عِنْدَ الْمَقَامِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ فَانْصَرَفَ فَأَتَى الصَّفَا فَطَافَ بِالصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ سَبْعَةَ أَطْوَافٍ، ثُمَّ لَمْ يُحْلِلْ مِنْ شَيْءٍ حَرُمَ مِنْهُ حَتَّى قَضَى حَجَّهُ وَنَحَرَ هَدْيَهُ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، وَأَفَاضَ فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، ثُمَّ حَلَّ مِنْ كُلِّ شَيْءٍ حَرُمَ مِنْهُ وَفَعَلَ النَّاسُ مِثْلَ مَا فَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَنْ أَهْدَى وَسَاقَ الْهَدْيَ مِنَ النَّاسِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1805

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1805

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1806

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1806. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar, from Ḥafṣah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, that she asked: "O Messenger of Allāh, what is the matter that the people have left the state of Iḥrām while you have not done so after your Umrah?" He said: "I have applied Talbīd to my hair, and garlanded my Hadī, so I will not exit Ihrām until I sacrifice the Hadī.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1806 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، مَا شَأْنُ النَّاسِ قَدْ حَلُّوا وَلَمْ تُحْلِلْ أَنْتَ مِنْ عُمْرَتِكَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنِّي لَبَّدْتُ رَأْسِي وَقَلَّدْتُ هَدْيِي فَلَا أُحِلُّ حَتَّى أَنْحَرَ الْهَدْيَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1806

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1806

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

A Person Entering Ihrām For Hajj And Then Changing It To 'Umrah

Hadith 1807

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح موقوف شاذAl-Albani(قلت: حديث موقوف صحيح، ولكن لا حجة فيه؛ لأنه رأي منه مخالف لقوله صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيهِ وَسَلَّمَ المتقدم (١٥٦٨)، وقد سأله سراقة عن هذه العمرة التي أمرهم بفسخها: "بل هي للأبد"، وقوله في الحديث الآخر (١٥٧١): "قد دخلت العمرة في الحج إلى يوم القيامة". ونحوه في حديث جابر الطويل الآتي برقم (١٦٦٣))
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1807. Sulaim bin Al-Aswad narrated that Abū Dharr used to say regarding those who had (intended) Hajj and then cancelled it in favor of Umrah: “This was only for those who accompanied the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1807 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ السَّرِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ سُلَيْمِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، أَنَّ أَبَا ذَرٍّ، كَانَ يَقُولُ فِيمَنْ حَجَّ، ثُمَّ فَسَخَهَا بِعُمْرَةٍ: «لَمْ يَكُنْ ذَلِكَ إِلَّا لِلرَّكْبِ الَّذِينَ كَانُوا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1807

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1807

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1808

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1808. It was reported from Al-Ḥārith bin Bilāl bin Al-Ḥārith, from his father who said: “O Messenger of Allāh! cancelling (the Ihrām of Hajj (in lieu of an Umrah) — is it specific for us, or for those after us?” He replied: “Rather, it is specifically for you.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1808 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي رَبِيعَةُ بْنُ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ بِلَالِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَسْخُ الْحَجِّ لَنَا خَاصَّةٌ أَوْ لِمَنْ بَعْدَنَا؟ قَالَ: «بَلْ لَكُمْ خَاصَّةٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1808

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1808

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

A Person Performing Hajj On Behalf Of Another

Hadith 1809

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1809. ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Abbās narrated: “Al-Faḍl bin ‘Abbās was riding on the same mount along with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, when a woman from the tribe of Khath’am came to him seeking a verdict. He (Al-Faḍl) began staring at her, and she at him, but the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ turned Al-Faḍl’s face to the other side. She said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! Allāh’s obligation of Hajj upon His servants has found my father an old man — he cannot sit upon a mount. May I perform Hajj on his behalf?’ He replied: ‘Yes,’ and this was during the Farewell Pilgrimage.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1809 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ الْفَضْلُ بْنُ عَبَّاسٍ رَدِيفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَجَاءَتْهُ امْرَأَةٌ مِنْ خَثْعَمٍ تَسْتَفْتِيهِ فَجَعَلَ الْفَضْلُ يَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهَا وَتَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهِ، فَجَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْرِفُ وَجْهَ الْفَضْلِ إِلَى الشِّقِّ الْآخَرِ، فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّ فَرِيضَةَ اللَّهِ عَلَى عِبَادِهِ فِي الْحَجِّ أَدْرَكَتْ أَبِي شَيْخًا كَبِيرًا لَا يَسْتَطِيعُ أَنْ يَثْبُتَ عَلَى الرَّاحِلَةِ، أَفَأَحُجُّ عَنْهُ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ، وَذَلِكَ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1809

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1809

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1810

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1810. It was reported from Abū Razīn that he asked: “O Messenger of Allāh! My father is an old man who cannot perform Hajj, or ‘Umrah, or (ride) a mount.” He replied: “Perform Hajj and ‘Umrah on behalf of your father.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1810 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، وَمُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، بِمَعْنَاهُ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ أَوْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رَزِينٍ، قَالَ: حَفْصٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ رَجُلٌ مِنْ بَنِي عَامِرٍ أَنْهِ قَال: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّ أَبِي شَيْخٌ كَبِيرٌ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُ الْحَجَّ وَلَا الْعُمْرَةَ وَلَا الظَّعْنَ، قَالَ: «احْجُجْ عَنْ أَبِيكَ وَاعْتَمِرْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1810

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1810

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1811

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1811. It was reported from Ibn 'Abbas that the Prophet feard a man saying: "Labbaika (Here I am) from Shubrumah." So he said: "Who is Shubrumah?" He said: "My brother." Or: "A relative of mine." He said: "Have you performed Ijajj for yourself yet?" He said: "No." So he said: "Perform Ijajj for yourself, then perform Ijajj for Shubrumah."

Arabic text

1811 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ الطَّالَقَانِيُّ، وَهَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ الْمَعْنَى وَاحِدٌ - قَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ عَزْرَةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَمِعَ رَجُلًا يَقُولُ: لَبَّيْكَ عَنْ شُبْرُمَةَ، قَالَ: «مَنْ شُبْرُمَةُ؟» قَالَ: أَخٌ لِي - أَوْ قَرِيبٌ لِي - قَالَ: «حَجَجْتَ عَنْ نَفْسِكَ؟» قَالَ: لَا، قَالَ: «حُجَّ عَنْ نَفْسِكَ ثُمَّ حُجَّ عَنْ شُبْرُمَةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1811

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1811

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

The Procedure Of The Talbiyah

Hadith 1812

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1812. It was reported from Nāfi', from 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar that the Talbiyah of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was as follows: "Labbaik! Allāhumma labbaik! Lā sharika laka labbaik! Innal-hamda wani'mata laka, wal-mulka, lā sharika laka (I respond to Your call, O Allāh, I respond to Your call. I respond to Your call: You have no partner. I respond to Your call. All praise, and blessings belong (and are attributed) to You, and so is the Kingdom. You have no partner)." In his Talbiyah, 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar would add: "Labbaik! Labbaik! Labbaik! Wa sa'daika wal-khairu bi-yadaika war-raghba'u ilaika wal-'amal (I respond to Your call, I respond to Your call. I respond to Your call, ever in Your service. (All) the Good is in Your Hands. All supplications are directed to You, as are all actions.)" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1812 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، «أَنَّ تَلْبِيَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَبَّيْكَ اللَّهُمَّ لَبَّيْكَ، لَبَّيْكَ لَا شَرِيكَ لَكَ لَبَّيْكَ، إِنَّ الْحَمْدَ وَالنِّعْمَةَ لَكَ وَالْمُلْكَ، لَا شَرِيكَ لَكَ». قَالَ: وَكَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ يَزِيدُ فِي تَلْبِيَتِهِ لَبَّيْكَ لَبَّيْكَ، لَبَّيْكَ وَسَعْدَيْكَ، وَالْخَيْرُ بِيَدَيْكَ، وَالرَّغْبَاءُ إِلَيْكَ وَالْعَمَلُ ".

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1812

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1812

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1813

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1813. Jābir bin 'Abdullāh narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ began his Talbiyah for Hajj..." and he mentioned the Talbiyah as in the previous Hadīth of Ibn 'Umar, and said: "And some people added: 'Dhūl-Ma'ārij (The Owner of the Pathways to Heaven)' and similar phrases, and the Prophet ﷺ heard them, and did not say anything." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1813 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: أَهَلَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَذَكَرَ التَّلْبِيَةَ مِثْلَ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: وَالنَّاسُ يَزِيدُونَ «ذَا الْمَعَارِجِ» وَنَحْوَهُ مِنَ الْكَلَامِ وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْمَعُ فَلَا يَقُولُ لَهُمْ شَيْئًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1813

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1813

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1814

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1814. It was reported from Khallād bin As-Sā'ib Al-Anṣārī, from his father that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Jibrā'īl, peace and blessings be upon him, came to me, and commanded me to command my Companions, and those who are with them, that they should raise their voices with the Ihlal." Or he said: "The Talbiyah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1814 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ خَلَّادِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " أَتَانِي جِبْرِيلُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَمَرَنِي أَنْ آمُرَ أَصْحَابِي وَمَنْ مَعِي أَنْ يَرْفَعُوا أَصْوَاتَهُمْ بِالْإِهْلَالِ - أَوْ قَالَ: - بِالتَّلْبِيَةِ " يُرِيدُ أَحَدَهُمَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1814

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1814

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

When Should One Discontinue The Talbiyah ?

Hadith 1815

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1815. Al-Faḍl bin 'Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ continued to recite the Talbiyah until he stoned Jamrat Al-'Aqabah. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1815 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ الْفَضْلِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَبَّى حَتَّى رَمَى جَمْرَةَ الْعَقَبَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1815

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1815

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1816

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1816. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar, from his father who said: "We went with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ from Mina to 'Arafāt; some of us were reciting the Talbiyah and some of us were reciting the Takbir." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1816 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «غَدَوْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ مِنًى إِلَى عَرَفَاتٍ مِنَّا الْمُلَبِّي وَمِنَّا الْمُكَبِّرُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1816

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1816

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

When Should The One Performing 'Umrah Discontinue The Talbiyah ?

Hadith 1817

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1817. It was reported from Ibn Abī Lailā, from 'Aṭā', from Ibn 'Abbās, from the Prophet ﷺ that he said: "The one performing 'Umrah should continue the Talbiyah until he touches the (Black) Stone." (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: It was reported by 'Abdul-Mālik bin Abī Sulaimān, and Hammām, from 'Aṭā', from Ibn 'Abbās, in Mawqūf form.

Arabic text

1817 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يُلَبِّي الْمُعْتَمِرُ حَتَّى يَسْتَلِمَ الْحَجَرَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ أَبِي سُلَيْمَانَ وَهَمَّامٌ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ مَوْقُوفًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1817

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1817

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

The One In Iḥrām Who Disciplines His Slave

Hadith 1818

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1818. It was reported from Asmā' bint Abī Bakr, that she said: "We went with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ for Hajj. When we reached Al-'Arj, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ camped, and we camped with him. 'Aishah sat next to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and I sat next to my father. Abū Bakr, may Allāh be pleased with him, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ both had one camel, which, along with their provisions, was with a slave of Abū Bakr. Abū Bakr waited for him to return, but when he came, he did not had the camel. He said: 'Where is your camel?' He replied: 'I lost it yesterday.' Abū Bakr said, 'One camel and you lost it, too?' So he (Abū Bakr) began hitting him, while the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ smiled and said: 'Look at what this person in Ihram is doing." Ibn Abī Rizmah (one of the narrators) said: "So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did no more than smile and say: 'Look at what this person in Ihram is doing.' (Da'if)

Arabic text

1818 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، قَالَ ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ أَبِي رِزْمَةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ عَبَّادِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَسْمَاءَ بِنْتِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حُجَّاجًا حَتَّى إِذَا كُنَّا بِالْعَرْجِ نَزَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَنَزَلْنَا فَجَلَسَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا إِلَى جَنْبِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلم، وَجَلَسْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي وَكَانَتْ زِمَالَةُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ وَزِمَالَةُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَاحِدَةً مَعَ غُلَامٍ لِأَبِي بَكْرٍ فَجَلَسَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَنْتَظِرُ أَنْ يَطْلُعَ عَلَيْهِ فَطَلَعَ وَلَيْسَ مَعَهُ بَعِيرُهُ قَالَ: أَيْنَ بَعِيرُكَ؟ قَالَ: أَضْلَلْتُهُ الْبَارِحَةَ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ: بَعِيرٌ وَاحِدٌ تُضِلُّهُ قَالَ: فَطَفِقَ يَضْرِبُهُ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَتَبَسَّمُ وَيَقُولُ: «انْظُرُوا إِلَى هَذَا الْمُحْرِمِ مَا يَصْنَعُ» قَالَ ابْنُ أَبِي رِزْمَةَ فَمَا يَزِيدُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى أَنْ يَقُولَ: «انْظُرُوا إِلَى هَذَا الْمُحْرِمِ مَا يَصْنَعُ» وَيَتَبَسَّمُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1818

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1818

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

A Person Entering Into Ihram While Wearing His Regular Clothes

Hadith 1819

DarussalamŠahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1819. It was reported from Šafwān bin Ya'lā bin Umayyah, from his father that a person came to the Prophet ﷺ while he was at Al-Jī'irranah, and he had traces of Khaliq — or he said: "Saffron." — on him. He was wearing a Jubbah. He said: "O Messenger of Allāh! What do you command me to do regarding my 'Umrah?' So Allāh, Blessed and Most High, revealed Revelation to the Prophet ﷺ, and after it was complete, he said: "Where is the person who was asking about the 'Umrah?' Wash the traces of Khaliq off from you" or: "the traces of saffron," — and take off your Jubbah, and do in your 'Umrah as you do in your Hajj." (Šahīh)

Arabic text

1819 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا هَمَّامٌ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَطَاءً، أَخْبَرَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ يَعْلَى بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا أَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ بِالْجِعْرَانَةِ وَعَلَيْهِ أَثَرُ خَلُوقٍ - أَوْ قَالَ: - صُفْرَةٍ وَعَلَيْهِ جُبَّةٌ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، كَيْفَ تَأْمُرُنِي أَنْ أَصْنَعَ فِي عُمْرَتِي؟، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ تَبَارَكَ وَتَعَالَى عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْوَحْيَ، فَلَمَّا سُرِّيَ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «أَيْنَ السَّائِلُ عَنِ الْعُمْرَةِ؟»، قَالَ: " اغْسِلْ عَنْكَ أَثَرَ الْخَلُوقِ - أَوْ قَالَ: - أَثَرَ الصُّفْرَةِ، وَاخْلَعِ الْجُبَّةَ عَنْكَ وَاصْنَعْ فِي عُمْرَتِكَ مَا صَنَعْتَ فِي حَجَّتِكَ ".

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1819

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1819

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1820

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح دون قوله: "من رأسه" فإنه منكرAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1820. (Another chain) from Ṣafwān bin Ya'lā, from his father with this narration (similar to no. 1819). He said in it: "So the Prophet ﷺ said to him: 'Remove your Jubbah.' So he removed it by taking it over his head." And he cited rest of the Hadīth. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1820 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بِشْرٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، وَهُشيْمٌ، عَنِ الْحَجَّاجِ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ يَعْلَى، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، بِهَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ، قَالَ فِيهِ: فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اخْلَعْ جُبَّتَكَ» فَخَلَعَهَا مِنْ رَأْسِهِ، وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1820

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1820

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1821

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1821. It was reported from 'Aṭā' bin Abī Rabāh, from Ibn Ya'lā bin Munyah, from his father, with this narration. He said in it: "So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded him to take it off, and perform Ghusl two or three times." And he cited the rest of the Hadīth (Hasan)

Arabic text

1821 - حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَوْهَبٍ الْهَمَدَانِيُّ الرَّمْلِيُّ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنِي اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ يَعْلَى ابْنِ مُنْيَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ قَالَ فِيهِ فَأَمَرَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَنْزِعَهَا نَزْعًا، وَيَغْتَسِلَ مَرَّتَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلَاثًا، وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1821

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1821

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1822

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1822. (Another chain) from 'Aṭā', from Ṣafwān bin Ya'lā bin Umayyah, from his father, that a man came to the Prophet ﷺ in Al-Ji'irānah, and he had entered Iḥrām for 'Umrah, and he was wearing a Jubbah and he had saffron on his beard and his head. And he cited the rest of the Hadith. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1822 - حَدَّثَنَا عُقْبَةُ بْنُ مُكْرِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ قَيْسَ بْنَ سَعْدٍ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ يَعْلَى بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا أَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْجِعْرَانَةِ وَقَدْ أَحْرَمَ بِعُمْرَةٍ وَعَلَيْهِ جُبَّةٌ وَهُوَ مُصَفِّرٌ لِحْيَتَهُ وَرَأْسَهُ. وَسَاقَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1822

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1822

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

What The Muḥrim Should Wear

Hadith 1823

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1823. It was reported from Az-Zuhri, from Sālim, from his father (Ibn 'Umar) who said: "A man asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ what the Muḥrim should avoid wearing? So he replied: "He should not wear a Qamīs, nor a Burnus, nor trousers, nor a turban, nor a garment which has been touched by Wars or saffron, nor Khuffs — except one who does not find sandals. If one does not find sandals, then he may wear Khuffs but let him cut them so that they are below his ankles." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1823 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَأَلَ رَجُلٌ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا يَتْرُكُ الْمُحْرِمُ مِنَ الثِّيَابِ، فَقَالَ: «لَا يَلْبَسُ الْقَمِيصَ وَلَا الْبُرْنُسَ وَلَا السَّرَاوِيلَ وَلَا الْعِمَامَةَ وَلَا ثَوْبًا مَسَّهُ وَرْسٌ وَلَا زَعْفَرَانٌ وَلَا الْخُفَّيْنِ، إِلَّا لِمَنْ لَا يَجِدُ النَّعْلَيْنِ، فَمَنْ لَمْ يَجِدِ النَّعْلَيْنِ فَلْيَلْبَسِ الْخُفَّيْنِ وَلْيَقْطَعْهُمَا حَتَّى يَكُونَا أَسْفَلَ مِنَ الْكَعْبَيْنِ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1823

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1823

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1824

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1824. It was reported from Mālik, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, from the Prophet ﷺ, with its meaning (as no. 1823). (Sahih)

Arabic text

1824 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَعْنَاهُ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1824

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1824

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1825

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-Albani(رواية قتبية بن سعيد عن الليث عن نافع عن ابن عمر) صحيح، (قول أبي داود: وقد روى هذا الحديث له كبير حديث) **
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1825. It was reported from Al-Laith, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, from the Prophet ﷺ with its meaning (similar to no. 1823), and he added: "And a woman should not cover her face, nor should she wear gloves." (Saḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Hātīm bin Ismā'īl and Yaḥyā bin Ayyūb reported this Hadīth from Mūsā bin 'Uqbah, from Nāfi', with the same as what Al-Laith said. Mūsā bin Tāriq reported it from Mūsā bin 'Uqbah in Mawqūf form from Ibn 'Umar. And similarly, 'Ubaidullāh bin 'Umar, Mālik, and Ayyūb reported it in Mawqūf form. And Ibrāhīm bin Sa'eed (Al-Madani) reported it from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, from the Prophet ﷺ: "The Muḥrimah is not to cover her face nor wear gloves." Abū Dāwūd said: Ibrāhīm bin Sa'eed (Al-Madani) is a Shaikh from the people of Al-Madinah, there are not many narrations for him.

Arabic text

1825 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَعْنَاهُ وَزَادَ وَلَا تَنْتَقِبُ الْمَرْأَةُ الْحَرَامُ وَلَا تَلْبَسُ الْقُفَّازَيْنِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَقَدْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَلَى مَا قَالَ اللَّيْثُ. وَرَوَاهُ مُوسَى بْنُ طَارِقٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، مَوْقُوفًا عَلَى ابْنِ عُمَرَ. وَكَذَلِكَ رَوَاهُ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، وَمَالِكٌ، وَأَيُّوبُ مَوْقُوفًا. وَإِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْمَدِينِيُّ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الْمُحْرِمَةُ لَا تَنْتَقِبُ وَلَا تَلْبَسُ الْقُفَّازَيْنِ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْمَدِينِيُّ: شَيْخٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ لَيْسَ لَهُ كَبِيرُ حَدِيثٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1825

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1825

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1826

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1826. It was reported from Ibrāhīm bin Sa'eed (Al-Madani), from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, from the Prophet ﷺ, who said: "The Muḥrimah is not to cover her face nor wear gloves." (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

1826 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْمَدِينِيُّ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْمُحْرِمَةُ لَا تَنْتَقِبُ وَلَا تَلْبَسُ الْقُفَّازَيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1826

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1826

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1827

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1827. It was reported from Ibn Ishāq who said: "Nāfi', the freed slave of 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar narrated to me, from 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar, that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prohibit women in Ihrām from wearing gloves and the face-veil, and any garment that was touched by Wars or saffron. And she may wear whatever else she pleased of any garments, regardless of color, whether it is Mu'asfar,[1] or silk. (She may also wear) a Hullah, trousers, and Qamīṣ, and Khuff. (Ḥasan) Abū Dāwūd said: 'Abdah also reported this from Ibn Ishāq, from Nāfi', as did Muḥammad bin Salamah, from Muḥammad bin Ishāq, up to his saying: "And any garment that was touched by Wars or saffron." And they did not mention what is after it.

Arabic text

1827 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنِ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، قَالَ: فَإِنَّ نَافِعًا مَوْلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنِي، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «نَهَى النِّسَاءَ فِي إِحْرَامِهِنَّ عَنِ القُفَّازَيْنِ وَالنِّقَابِ، وَمَا مَسَّ الْوَرْسُ وَالزَّعْفَرَانُ مِنَ الثِّيَابِ، وَلْتَلْبَسْ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ مَا أَحَبَّتْ مِنْ أَلْوَانِ الثِّيَابِ مُعَصْفَرًا أَوْ خَزًّا أَوْ حُلِيًّا أَوْ سَرَاوِيلَ أَوْ قَمِيصًا أَوْ خُفًّا». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، إِلَى قَوْلِهِ وَمَا مَسَّ الْوَرْسُ وَالزَّعْفَرَانُ مِنَ الثِّيَابِ وَلَمْ يَذْكُرَا مَا بَعْدَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1827

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1827

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1828

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1828. It was reported from Ayyūb, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar that he once felt cold, so he said: "Throw me a garment, O Nāfi'." So he threw him a Burnus. He said: "You throw this to me, even though the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade the Muḥrim from wearing it?" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1828 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، " أَنَّهُ وَجَدَ الْقُرَّ، فَقَالَ: أَلْقِ عَلَيَّ ثَوْبًا يَا نَافِعُ، فَأَلْقَيْتُ عَلَيْهِ بُرْنُسًا فَقَالَ: «تُلْقِي عَلَيَّ هَذَا وَقَدْ نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَلْبَسَهُ الْمُحْرِمُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] A reddish or orange-like dye made from safflower.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1828

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1828

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1829

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1829. It was reported from Jābir bin Zaid, from Ibn 'Abbās, who said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'Trousers are (permitted) for one who does not find an Izār, and Khuffs are (permitted) for one who does not find sandals.'" (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: This is the narration of the people of Makkah, and Jābir bin Zaid is its source in Al-Baṣrah, and he is alone in mentioning the trousers and he did not mention cutting the Khuffs.

Arabic text

1829 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «السَّرَاوِيلُ لِمَنْ لَا يَجِدُ الْإِزَارَ، وَالْخُفُّ لِمَنْ لَا يَجِدُ النَّعْلَيْنِ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا حَدِيثُ أَهْلِ مَكَّةَ وَمَرْجِعُهُ إِلَى الْبَصْرَةِ إِلَى جَابِرِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ وَالَّذِي تَفَرَّدَ بِهِ مِنْهُ ذِكْرُ السَّرَاوِيلِ وَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ الْقَطْعَ فِي الْخُفِّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1829

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1829

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1830

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1830. It was reported from 'Āishah, the Mother of the Believers (may Allāh be pleased with her) that she said: "We would go with the Prophet ﷺ to Makkah, and would apply the Sukk perfume on our foreheads while entering Ihrām. When one of us perspired, it would trickle down her face, and the Prophet ﷺ would see it, but not prohibit us." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1830 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ الْجُنَيْدِ الدَّامِغَانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُمَرُ بْنُ سُوَيْدٍ الثَّقَفِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ بِنْتُ طَلْحَةَ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ أُمَّ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا حَدَّثَتْهَا، قَالَتْ: «كُنَّا نَخْرُجُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى مَكَّةَ فَنُضَمِّدُ جِبَاهَنَا بِالسُّكِّ الْمُطَيَّبِ عِنْدَ الْإِحْرَامِ، فَإِذَا عَرِقَتْ إِحْدَانَا سَالَ عَلَى وَجْهِهَا فَيَرَاهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَا يَنْهَاهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1830

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1830

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1831

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1831. Sālim bin 'Abdullāh narrated that 'Abdullāh — meaning Ibn 'Umar — would do that — meaning cut the Khuffs for the woman in Ihrām. Then, Ṣāfiyyah bint Abī 'Ubaid narrated to him that 'Āishah, may Allāh be pleased with her, narrated to her that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had allowed women to wear Khuffs. So he stopped doing that. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1831 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، قَالَ: ذَكَرْتُ لِابْنِ شِهَابٍ، فَقَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سَالِمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عُمَرَ «كَانَ يَصْنَعُ ذَلِكَ يَعْنِي يَقْطَعُ الْخُفَّيْنِ لِلْمَرْأَةِ الْمُحْرِمَةِ» ثُمَّ حَدَّثَتْهُ صَفِيَّةُ بِنْتُ أَبِي عُبَيْدٍ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ حَدَّثَتْهَا، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ كَانَ «رَخَّصَ لِلنِّسَاءِ فِي الْخُفَّيْنِ فَتَرَكَ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1831

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1831

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

A Muhrim Carrying Weapons

Hadith 1832

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1832.2 It was reported from Abū Ishāq who said: "I heard Al-Barā' saying: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ reached an agreement with the people at Al-Hudaibiyah, one of the conditions of this agreement was that they not enter it (Makkah) with any weapons except with a Julbān." So I asked him: "What is a Julbān?" He said: "A container and what it contains."[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1832 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الْبَرَاءَ، يَقُولُ: لَمَّا صَالَحَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَهْلَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ صَالَحَهُمْ عَلَى أَنْ لَا يَدْخُلُوهَا إِلَّا بِجُلْبَانِ السِّلَاحِ فَسَأَلْتُهُ مَا جُلْبَانُ السِّلَاحِ قَالَ: «الْقِرَابُ بِمَا فِيه»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1832

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1832

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

Regarding A Woman In Iḥrām Covering Her Face

Hadith 1833

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1833. It was reported from Mujāhid, from 'Aīshah, may Allāh be pleased with her, that she said: "Riders would pass by us while we were with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in the state of Iḥrām. When they would be side-by-side with us, we would drape our Jilbāb from our heads upon our faces, and when they had passed, we would uncover it.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1833 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ الرُّكْبَانُ يَمُرُّونَ بِنَا وَنَحْنُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُحْرِمَاتٌ، فَإِذَا حَاذَوْا بِنَا سَدَلَتْ إِحْدَانَا جِلْبَابَهَا مِنْ رَأْسِهَا عَلَى وَجْهِهَا فَإِذَا جَاوَزُونَا كَشَفْنَاهُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, the weapon should be sheathed.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1833

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1833

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

A Muḥrim Being Shaded

Hadith 1834

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1834. Umm Al-Ḥuṣain narrated: “We performed the Farewell Hajj with the Prophet ﷺ. I saw Usāmah and Bilāl — one of them was holding on to the reign of the Prophet’s ﷺ camel, and the other one was raising a garment over him to protect him from the heat, until he reached Jamrat Al-‘Aqabah.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1834 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحِيمِ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي أُنَيْسَةَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ أُمِّ الْحُصَيْنِ، حَدَّثَتْهُ قَالَتْ: «حَجَجْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَجَّةَ الْوَدَاعِ فَرَأَيْتُ أُسَامَةَ وَبِلَالًا وَأَحَدُهُمَا آخِذٌ بِخِطَامِ نَاقَةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالْآخَرُ رَافِعٌ ثَوْبَهُ لِيَسْتُرَهُ مِنَ الْحَرِّ حَتَّى رَمَى جَمْرَةَ الْعَقَبَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1834

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1834

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

A Muḥrim Getting Cupped

Hadith 1835

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1835. It was reported from ‘Aṭā’ and Ṭāwūs, from Ibn ‘Abbās, that the Prophet ﷺ had himself cupped while he was in the state of Iḥrām. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1835 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، وَطَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «احْتَجَمَ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1835

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1835

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1836

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1836. It was reported from Hishām, from 'Ikrimah, from Ibn 'Abbās, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had himself cupped in the head while he was in the state of Ihrām due to an ailment that had afflicted him. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1836 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا هِشَامٌ ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «احْتَجَمَ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ فِي رَأْسِهِ مِنْ دَاءٍ كَانَ بِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1836

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1836

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1837

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1837. It was reported from Ma'mar, from Qatādah, from Anas, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had himself cupped on the top of the foot while he was in the state of Ihrām due to some pain that had afflicted him. (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: I heard Ahmad say: "Ibn Abī 'Arūbah narrated it in Mursal form." Meaning from Qatādah.

Arabic text

1837 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «احْتَجَمَ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ عَلَى ظَهْرِ الْقَدَمِ مِنْ وَجَعٍ كَانَ بِهِ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: سَمِعْت أَحْمَدَ، قَالَ ابْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ: أَرْسَلَهُ يَعْنِي عَنْ قَتَادَةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1837

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1837

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

A Muḥrim Using Kohl

Hadith 1838

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1838. It was reported from Nubaih bin Wahb who said: "Umar bin 'Ubaidullāh bin Ma'mar complained of (some pain) in his eyes, so he sent (someone) to Abān bin 'Uthmān — who was the leader of the Hajj — asking what he should do about it. He replied: "Apply aloe to them, for I heard 'Uthmān narrate that from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1838 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بْنِ مُوسَى، عَنْ نُبَيْهِ بْنِ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: اشْتَكَى عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَعْمَرٍ، عَيْنَيْهِ فَأَرْسَلَ إِلَى أَبَانَ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: وَهُوَ أَمِيرُ الْمَوْسِمِ مَا يَصْنَعُ بِهِمَا؟ قَالَ: «اضْمِدْهُمَا بِالصَّبِرِ»، فَإِنِّي سَمِعْتُ عُثْمَانَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ يُحَدِّثُ ذَلِكَ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1838

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1838

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1839

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1839. (Another chain) from Nāfi', from Nubaih bin Wahb with this Hadīth. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1839 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ ابْنِ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ نُبَيْهِ بْنِ وَهْبٍ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1839

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1839

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

A Muḥrim Bathing

Hadith 1840

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1840. It was reported from Ibrāhīm bin 'Abdullāh bin Ḥunain, from his father, that 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās and Al-Miswar bin Makḥramah had a disagreement when they were at Al-Abwā'. Ibn 'Abbās said: 'A Muḥrim may wash his hair,' whereas Al-Miswar said: 'A Muḥrim cannot wash his hair.' So 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās sent me to Abū Ayyūb Al-Anṣārī. I found him taking a bath between two (wooden) posts, having screened himself with a garment. I gave him Salām, so he asked: 'Who is this?' I said: 'I am 'Abdullāh bin Ḥunain. 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās sent me to you in order to ask you how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would wash his hair while he was in the state of Iḥrām.' So Abū Ayyūb placed his hand on the garment and lowered it so that I could see his head. He said to someone who was pouring water over him: 'Pour some,' so he poured over his head. Abū Ayyūb then rubbed his head with his hands, taking them back and forth. He then said: 'This is what I saw him ﷺ do.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1840 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حُنَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، وَالْمِسْوَرَ بْنَ مَخْرَمَةَ، اخْتَلَفَا بِالْأَبْوَاءِ فَقَالَ: ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ يَغْسِلُ الْمُحْرِمُ رَأْسَهُ وَقَالَ الْمِسْوَرُ: لَا يَغْسِلُ الْمُحْرِمُ رَأْسَهُ فَأَرْسَلَهُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبَّاسٍ، إِلَى أَبِي أَيُّوبَ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، فَوَجَدَهُ يَغْتَسِلُ بَيْنَ الْقَرْنَيْنِ وَهُوَ يُسْتَرُ بِثَوْبٍ، قَالَ: فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ، قَالَ: مَنْ هَذَا قُلْتُ: أَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ حُنَيْنٍ، أَرْسَلَنِي إِلَيْكَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبَّاسٍ أَسْأَلُكَ كَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَغْسِلُ رَأْسَهُ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ؟ قَالَ: فَوَضَعَ أَبُو أَيُّوبَ يَدَهُ عَلَى الثَّوْبِ فَطَأْطَأَهُ حَتَّى بَدَا لِي رَأْسُهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: لِإِنْسَانٍ يَصُبُّ عَلَيْهِ اصْبُبْ ، قَالَ: " فَصَبَّ عَلَى رَأْسِهِ، ثُمَّ حَرَّكَ أَبُو أَيُّوبَ رَأْسَهُ بِيَدَيْهِ فَأَقْبَلَ بِهِمَا وَأَدْبَرَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُهُ يَفْعَلُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1840

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1840

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

A Muḥrim Marrying

Hadith 1841

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1841. It was reported from Nafi', from Nubaih bin Wahb, one of the brethren of BanU 'Abdud-Dar, that 'Umar bin 'Ubaidullãh sent someone to Aban bin 'Uthman bin Affan and he was the leader of the Ijajj that year. They were both in the state of Ihram. He asked: 'I wish to many Talbah bin 'Umar to the daughter Shaibah bin Jubair, and I want you to attend as well.' But Abãn disapproved of that, and said that he had heard his father, 'U th mãn bin 'Allan, say that the Messenger of Allah said: 'A Muhrim is not to many, nor should he marry others." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1841 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ نُبَيْهِ بْنِ وَهْبٍ، أَخِي بَنِي عَبْدِ الدَّارِ، أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، أَرْسَلَ إِلَى أَبَانَ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ يَسْأَلُهُ وَأَبَانُ يَوْمَئِذٍ أَمِيرُ الْحَاجِّ وَهُمَا مُحْرِمَانِ إِنِّي أَرَدْتُ أَنْ أُنْكِحَ طَلْحَةَ بْنَ عُمَرَ، ابْنَةَ شَيْبَةَ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ فَأَرَدْتُ أَنْ تَحْضُرَ ذَلِكَ فَأَنْكَرَ ذَلِكَ عَلَيْهِ أَبَانُ، وَقَالَ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ بْنَ عَفَّانَ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَا يَنْكِحُ الْمُحْرِمُ وَلَا يُنْكِحُ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1841

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1841

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1842

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1842. (Another chain) from Nubaih bin Wahb, from Abān bin 'Uthmān, from 'Uthmān, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ mentioned similarly (as no. 1882), and he added: "Nor should he propose."(Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1842 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ مَطَرٍ، ويَعْلَى بْنِ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ نُبَيْهِ بْنِ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ أَبَانَ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَكَرَ مِثْلَهُ زَادَ «وَلَا يَخْطُبُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1842

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1842

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1843

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1843. It was reported from Maimūnah who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ married me while we had both out of the state of Iḥrām, in Sarīf." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1843 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ الشَّهِيدِ، عَنْ مَيْمُونِ بْنِ مِهْرَانَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ ابْنِ أَخِي مَيْمُونَةَ، عَنْ مَيْمُونَةَ، قَالَتْ: «تَزَوَّجَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ حَلَالَانِ بِسَرِفَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1843

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1843

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1844

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1844. It was reported from 'Ikrimah, from Ibn 'Abbās, that the Prophet ﷺ married Maimūnah while he was in the state of Iḥrām. (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1844 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «تَزَوَّجَ مَيْمُونَةَ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1844

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1844

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1845

DarussalamDa'īfAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-Albani(قلت: حديث مقطوع صحيح، واستدل به أحمد)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1845. It was reported from Sa'eed bin Al-Mussayab, who said: "Ibn 'Abbās made a mistake in narrating that Maimūnah was married in the state of Iḥrām." (Da'īf)

Arabic text

1845 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، قَالَ: وَهِمَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ، فِي تَزْوِيجِ مَيْمُونَةَ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1845

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1845

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

The Animals That A Muhrim Is Allowed To Kill

Hadith 1846

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1846. It was reported from Sãlim, from his father (Ibn 'Umar), that the Prophet was asked what animals a Muhrim could kill. He said: "There are five (animals) - whoever kills them, whether in the state of Ihrãm or otherwise will incur no sin: A scorpion, a crow, a mouse, a kite, and a rabid dog." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1846 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، سُئِلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَمَّا يَقْتُلُ الْمُحْرِمُ مِنَ الدَّوَابِّ، فَقَالَ: " خَمْسٌ لَا جُنَاحَ فِي قَتْلِهِنَّ عَلَى مَنْ قَتَلَهُنَّ فِي الْحِلِّ وَالْحُرُمِ: الْعَقْرَبُ، وَالْفَأْرَةُ، وَالْحِدَأَةُ، وَالْغُرَابُ، وَالْكَلْبُ الْعَقُورُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1846

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1846

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1847

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1847. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Five (animals) are permissible to kill in the Sacred Area (Al-Haram): Snakes, scorpions, kites, mice, and rabid dogs." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1847 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ بَحْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَجْلَانَ، عَنِ الْقَعْقَاعِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " خَمْسٌ قَتْلُهُنَّ حَلَالٌ فِي الْحُرُمِ: الْحَيَّةُ، وَالْعَقْرَبُ، وَالْحِدَأَةُ، وَالْفَأْرَةُ، وَالْكَلْبُ الْعَقُورُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1847

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1847

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1848

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniضعيف وقوله: "يرمي الغراب ولا يقتله" منكر //، الإرواء (١٠٣٦) ، ضعيف سنن ابن ماجة (٦٦٠) ، وليس في روايته: "يرمي الغراب ولا يقتله" //Al-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1848. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated that the Prophet ﷺ was asked about what a Muhrim may kill. He said: "Snakes, scorpions, and rats. And he should throw (something) at crows but not kill them. And rabid dogs, kites, and predatory animals." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1848 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي نُعْمٍ الْبَجَلِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سُئِلَ عَمَّا يَقْتُلُ الْمُحْرِمُ؟ قَالَ: «الْحَيَّةُ، وَالْعَقْرَبُ، وَالْفُوَيْسِقَةُ، وَيَرْمِي الْغُرَابَ وَلَا يَقْتُلُهُ، وَالْكَلْبُ الْعَقُورُ، وَالْحِدَأَةُ، وَالسَّبُعُ الْعَادِي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1848

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1848

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

The Meat Of Game For The Muḥrim

Hadith 1849

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1849. It was reported from Ishāq bin ‘Abdullāh bin Al-Hārith that his father — Al-Hārith, who was the deputy for ‘Uthmān, may Allāh be pleased with him, over Aṭ-Ṭā’if — prepared some food for ‘Uthmān, which included quail, partridge and wild game. He sent some to ‘Alī, may Allāh be pleased with him. When the messenger came to him, he was collecting leaves for his camels, shaking them off of his hand. The messenger said: ‘Eat.’ He replied: ‘Give it to those who are not in the state of Iḥrām, for we are in Iḥrām.’ Then ‘Alī, may Allāh be pleased with him said: ‘I ask, by Allāh, those of the (tribe) of Ashja’ that are here: Do you not know that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was given a nager to eat from while he was in the state of Iḥrām, and he refused to eat of it?’ They replied: ‘Yes.’”(Da’if)

Arabic text

1849 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ الطَّوِيلِ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَكَانَ الْحَارِثُ، خَلِيفَةُ عُثْمَانَ عَلَى الطَّائِفِ فَصَنَعَ لِعُثْمَانَ طَعَامًا فِيهِ مِنَ الحَجَلِ وَالْيَعَاقِيبِ وَلَحْمِ الْوَحْشِ، قَالَ: فَبَعَثَ إِلَى عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ فَجَاءَهُ الرَّسُولُ وَهُوَ يَخْبِطُ لِأَبَاعِرَ لَهُ فَجَاءَهُ وَهُوَ يَنْفُضُ الْخَبَطَ عَنْ يَدِهِ، فَقَالُوا لَهُ: كُلْ، فَقَالَ: أَطْعِمُوهُ قَوْمًا حَلَالًا؛ فَأَنَا حُرُمٌ فَقَالَ: عَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنْشُدُ اللَّهَ مَنْ كَانَ هَا هُنَا مِنْ أَشْجَعَ أَتَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَهْدَى إِلَيْهِ رَجُلٌ حِمَارَ وَحْشٍ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ فَأَبَى أَنْ يَأْكُلَهُ؟ "، قَالُوا: نَعَمْ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1849

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1849

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1850

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1850. It was reported from 'Aṭā', from Ibn 'Abbās that he said: "O Zaid bin Arqam, do you know about the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ having been given the shank of an (animal) that had been hunted, and he did not accept it, saying: 'I am in the state of Iḥrām?''" Zaid replied: "Yes." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1850 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: يَا زَيْدَ بْنَ أَرْقَمَ، هَلْ عَلِمْتَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أُهْدِيَ إِلَيْهِ عَضُدُ صَيْدٍ فَلَمْ يَقْبَلْهُ، وَقَالَ: «إِنَّا حُرُمٌ»، قَالَ: نَعَمْ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1850

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1850

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1851

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1851. It was reported from 'Amr from Al-Muṭṭalib, from Jābir bin 'Abdullāh, that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "The game of land is permitted for you as long as you do not hunt it yourselves, or that it be hunted for you." (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: If there are contradictory reports narrated from the Prophet ﷺ, what the Companions did is to be looked into.

Arabic text

1851 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ يَعْنِي الْإِسْكَنْدَرَانِيَّ الْقَارِيَّ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «صَيْدُ الْبَرِّ لَكُمْ حَلَالٌ، مَا لَمْ تَصِيدُوهُ أَوْ يُصَدْ لَكُمْ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: إِذَا تَنَازَعَ الْخَبَرَانِ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُنْظَرُ بِمَا أَخَذَ بِهِ أَصْحَابُهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1851

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1851

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1852

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1852. It was reported from Nāfi', the freed slave of Abū Qatādah, from Abū Qatādah, that he was traveling with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in one of the paths outside Makkah when he (Abū Qatādah) and a group of Muḥrim separated from the main group. He himself was not in Ihram. They saw an onager. He rode his horse and asked his Companions to give him his whip, but they refused. He then asked for his spear, but they refused. So he took it himself, then went in pursuit of the onager until he killed it. Some of the Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ ate of it, whereas others left it. When they caught up with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ they asked him about it. He replied: "This is food that Allāh has fed you." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1852 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، مَوْلَى عُمَرَ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، مَوْلَى أَبِي قَتَادَةَ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ بِبَعْضِ طَرِيقِ مَكَّةَ تَخَلَّفَ مَعَ أَصْحَابٍ لَهُ مُحْرِمِينَ وَهُوَ غَيْرُ مُحْرِمٍ فَرَأَى حِمَارًا وَحْشِيًّا فَاسْتَوَى عَلَى فَرَسِهِ، قَالَ: فَسَأَلَ أَصْحَابَهُ أَنْ يُنَاوِلُوهُ سَوْطَهُ فَأَبَوْا فَسَأَلَهُمْ رُمْحَهُ فَأَبَوْا فَأَخَذَهُ، ثُمَّ شَدَّ عَلَى الْحِمَارِ فَقَتَلَهُ فَأَكَلَ مِنْهُ بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَبَى بَعْضُهُمْ فَلَمَّا أَدْرَكُوا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَأَلُوهُ عَنْ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّمَا هِيَ طُعْمَةٌ أَطْعَمَكُمُوهَا اللَّهُ تَعَالَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1852

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1852

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

Regarding (Eating Of) Locusts By A Muḥrim

Hadith 1853

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1853. It was reported from Abū Rāfi', from Abū Hurairah, that the Prophet ﷺ said, "Locusts are (like) game of the ocean." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1853 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ مَيْمُونِ بْنِ جَابَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْجَرَادُ مِنْ صَيْدِ الْبَحْرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1853

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1853

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1854

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weakAl-AlbaniVery weak chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1854. It was reported from Abū Al-Muhazzim, from Abū Hurairah, who said: "We captured a horde of locusts. A person among us who was in the state of Ihram started hitting them with his whip, but he was told that this was not permitted. This was then mentioned to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ who said: 'It is only (like) game of the ocean.”) (Da'if) I heard[1] Abū Dāwūd saying: “Abū Al-Muhazzim is weak, and both of the Aḥādīth are a mistake.

Arabic text

1854 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ حَبِيبٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُهَزِّمِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: أَصَبْنَا صِرْمًا مِنْ جَرَادٍ فَكَانَ رَجُلٌ مِنَّا يَضْرِبُ بِسَوْطِهِ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: هَذَا لَا يَصْلُحُ فَذُكِرَ ذَلِكَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّمَا هُوَ مِنْ صَيْدِ الْبَحْرِ». سَمِعْت أَبَا دَاوُد يَقُولُ: أَبُو الْمُهَزِّمِ ضَعِيفٌ وَالْحَدِيثَانِ جَمِيعًا وَهْمٌ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1854

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1854

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1855

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1855. It was reported from Abū Rāfi‘, from Ka‘b, who said: “Locusts are (like) the game of the ocean.” (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

1855 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ مَيْمُونِ بْنِ جَابَانَ ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ كَعْبٍ، قَالَ: «الْجَرَادُ مِنْ صَيْدِ الْبَحْرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1855

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1855

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

Regarding The Fidyah[2]

Hadith 1856

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1856. It was reported from Abū Qilābah, from ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Lailā, from Ka‘b bin ‘Ujrah, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ passed by him during the time of Al-Ḥudaibiyah and said: “Have the lice on your head caused problems for you.” He said: “Yes!” So the Prophet ﷺ said: “Shave it (the hair) off, then slaughter a sheep as a sacrifice, or fast three days, or feed three Sā‘ of dates to six needy people.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) [1] One of those who recorded the text. [2] The “ransom” or atonement for major infractions against the rites of Hajj.

Arabic text

1856 - حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ بَقِيَّةَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الطَّحَّانِ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ بِهِ زَمَنَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ فَقَالَ: قَدْ آذَاكَ هَوَامُّ رَأْسِكَ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «احْلِقْ، ثُمَّ اذْبَحْ شَاةً نُسُكًا، أَوْ صُمْ ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ، أَوْ أَطْعِمْ ثَلَاثَةَ آصُعٍ مِنْ تَمْرٍ عَلَى سِتَّةِ مَسَاكِينَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1856

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1856

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1857

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1857. It was reported from Shu'bah, from 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Abī Lailā, from Ka'b bin 'Ujrah, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to him: "If you wish, then offer a sacrifice, and if you wish, fast three days, and if you wish, give three Ṣā' of dates to six poor needy people." (See no. 1857) (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1857 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ، عَنِ الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لَهُ: «إِنْ شِئْتَ فَانْسُكْ نَسِيكَةً، وَإِنْ شِئْتَ فَصُمْ ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ، وَإِنْ شِئْتَ فَأَطْعِمْ ثَلَاثَةَ آصُعٍ مِنْ تَمْرٍ لِسِتَّةِ مَسَاكِينَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1857

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1857

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1858

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1858. It was reported from 'Āmir, from Ka'b bin 'Ujrah, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ passed by him during the time of Al-Hudaibiyah...and he narrated the story (as no. 1857). He (ﷺ) said: "Do you have any sheep?" He said: "No." So he said: "Then fast three days, or feed three Ṣā' of dates to six needy people.— for every two of them, one Ṣā'." (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1858 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، وَهَذَا لَفْظُ ابْنِ الْمُثَنَّى، عَنْ دَاوُدَ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ بِهِ زَمَنَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ فَذَكَرَ الْقِصَّةَ فَقَالَ: «أَمَعَكَ دَمٌ؟» قَالَ: لَا، قَالَ: «فَصُمْ ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ، أَوْ تَصَدَّقْ بِثَلَاثَةِ آصُعٍ مِنْ تَمْرٍ عَلَى سِتَّةِ مَسَاكِينَ بَيْنَ كُلِّ مِسْكِينَيْنِ صَاعٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1858

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1858

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1859

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniضعيف وقوله: "بقرة" منكرAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1859. It was reported from Nāfi', that a man from the Anṣār informed him from Ka'b bin 'Ujrah, that he was suffering from some ailment in his scalp of head, so he shaved it, and the Prophet ﷺ commanded him to sacrifice a cow. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1859 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا، مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ أَخْبَرَهُ، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، وَكَانَ قَدْ أَصَابَهُ فِي رَأْسِهِ أَذًى فَحَلَقَ «فَأَمَرَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُهْدِيَ هَدْيًا بَقَرَةً»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1859

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1859

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1860

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-Albaniحسن، لكن ذكر الزبيب منكر، والمحفوظ: التمر كما في أحاديث البابAl-AlbaniHasan chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1860. It was reported from Al-Ḥakam bin 'Utaibah, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Lailā, from Ka'b bin 'Ujrah, who said: "I was afflicted with lice in my hair while I was with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ during the year of Al-Ḥudaibiyah — so much so that I became scared of (losing) my sight. So Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, revealed because of me: And whoever among you is ill, or has an ailment on his head...[1] and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ called me and said: 'Shave your head, and fast three days, or feed six needy people a Faraq of raisins, or sacrifice a sheep.' So I shaved my hair, and gave a sacrifice." (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

1860 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنِ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ صَالِحٍ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ بْنِ عُتَيْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، قَالَ: أَصَابَنِي هَوَامُّ فِي رَأْسِي وَأَنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَامَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ، حَتَّى تَخَوَّفْتُ عَلَى بَصَرِي فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ سُبْحَانَهُ وَتَعَالَى فِيَّ {فَمَنْ كَانَ مِنْكُمْ مَرِيضًا أَوْ بِهِ أَذًى مِنْ رَأْسِهِ} [البقرة: 196] الْآيَةَ. فَدَعَانِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ لِي: «احْلِقْ رَأْسَكَ، وَصُمْ ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ أَوْ أَطْعِمْ سِتَّةَ مَسَاكِينَ فَرَقًا مِنْ زَبِيبٍ أَوْ انْسُكْ شَاةً»، فَحَلَقْتُ رَأْسِي، ثُمَّ نَسَكْتُ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1860

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1860

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1861

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1861. It was reported from 'Abdul-Karīm bin Mālik Al-Jazarī, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Lailā, from Ka'b bin 'Ujrah, regarding this incident (as narrated in on 1860), and he added: "Whichever of these you do, it will suffice you." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1861 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ الْجَزَرِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، فِي هَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ زَادَ أَيُّ ذَلِكَ فَعَلْتَ أَجْزَأَ عَنْكَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:196.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1861

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1861

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

Being Prevented(From Completing Hajj)

Hadith 1862

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1862. Yaḥyā bin Abī Kathīr reported from 'Ikrimah, who said: "I heard Al-Hajjāj bin 'Amr Al-Anṣārī say: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever breaks (a limb) or is afflicted with a limp, then he has left the state of Iḥrām, he must perform Hajj the next year.'" 'Ikrimah said: "I asked Ibn 'Abbās and Abū Hurairah regarding this, and they said: 'He (Al-Hajjāj) has told the truth.'"(Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1862 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ حَجَّاجٍ الصَّوَّافِ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الْحَجَّاجَ بْنَ عَمْرٍو الْأَنْصَارِيَّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ كُسِرَ أَوْ عَرِجَ فَقَدْ حَلَّ وَعَلَيْهِ الْحَجُّ مِنْ قَابِلٍ». قَالَ عِكْرِمَةُ: سَأَلْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، وَأَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ عَنْ ذَلِكَ فَقَالَا: صَدَقَ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1862

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1862

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1863

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1863. (Another chain) from 'Ikrimah, from 'Abdullāh bin Rāfī', from Al-Hajjāj bin 'Amr, from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: "Whoever breaks (a limb) or is afflicted with a limp, or becomes (too) ill" — and he mentioned its meaning. (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1863 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُتَوَكِّلِ الْعَسْقَلَانِيُّ، وَسَلَمَةُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنِ الْحَجَّاجِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: مَنْ كُسِرَ أَوْ عَرِجَ أَوْ مَرِضَ فَذَكَرَ مَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ: سَلَمَةُ بْنُ شَبِيبٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا مَعْمَرٌ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1863

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1863

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1864

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1864. It was reported from 'Amr bin Maimūn who said: "I heard Abū Hādir Al-Himyārī narrating to Abū Maimūn bin Mihrān, he said: "I went to perform Umrah the year that the people of Ash-Shām had besieged Ibn Az-Zubair in Makkah. People from my tribe had sent their Hadī with me. When we reached the people of Ash-Shām, they prevented us from entering the Sacred Precinct, so I sacrificed the animals at that place, and left the state of Ihrām, and then returned home. The next year, I went again in order to make up my Umrah, and went to Ibn 'Abbās and asked him about it. He said: 'Substitute your animals, for the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded his Companions to substitute their animals that they had sacrificed in Al-Hudaibiyah during the Umrah of Qadā.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1864 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حَاضِرٍ الْحِمْيَرِيَّ، يُحَدِّثُ أَبِي مَيْمُونَ بْنَ مِهْرَانَ، قَالَ: خَرَجْتُ مُعْتَمِرًا عَامَ حَاصَرَ أَهْلُ الشَّامِ ابْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ بِمَكَّةَ وَبَعَثَ مَعِي رِجَالٌ مِنْ قَوْمِي بِهَدْيٍ فَلَمَّا انْتَهَيْنَا إِلَى أَهْلِ الشَّامِ مَنَعُونَا أَنْ نَدْخُلَ الْحَرَمَ فَنَحَرْتُ الْهَدْيَ مَكَانِي، ثُمَّ أَحْلَلْتُ، ثُمَّ رَجَعْتُ فَلَمَّا كَانَ مِنَ الْعَامِ الْمُقْبِلِ خَرَجْتُ لِأَقْضِيَ عُمْرَتِي فَأَتَيْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ فَسَأَلْتُهُ، فَقَالَ: «أَبْدِلِ الْهَدْيَ فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَ أَصْحَابَهُ أَنْ يُبَدِّلُوا الْهَدْيَ الَّذِي نَحَرُوا عَامَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ فِي عُمْرَةِ الْقَضَاءِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1864

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1864

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

Entering Makkah

Hadith 1865

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1865. It was reported from Ayyūb, from Nāfi', that Ibn 'Umar would spend the night at Dhī Tuwā before entering Makkah. Then, in the morning, he would perform Ghusl, and enter Makkah during the day. He would mention that the Prophet ﷺ used to do the same. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1865 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، كَانَ «إِذَا قَدِمَ مَكَّةَ بَاتَ بِذِي طَوًى حَتَّى يُصْبِحَ وَيَغْتَسِلَ، ثُمَّ يَدْخُلَ مَكَّةَ نَهَارًا وَيَذْكُرُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ فَعَلَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1865

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1865

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1866

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albani(حديث ابن عمر: أن النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم كان يدخل مكة....) **، (وحديث: " أن النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم كان يخرج من طريق) صحيحAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1866. It was reported from 'Ubaidullāh, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar that the Prophet ﷺ would enter Makkah from the upper mountain pass. Yaḥyā (one of the narrators) said: "The Prophet ﷺ would enter Makkah from the mountain pass of Al-Baṭhā', from the direction of Kadā', and he would leave from the lower mountain pass." Al-Barmakī added: "Meaning the two hills of Makkah." And the narration of Musad-dad is more complete.[1] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1866 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ الْبَرْمَكِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مَعِنٌ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، وَابْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، ح وحَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، جَمِيعًا، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَدْخُلُ مَكَّةَ مِنَ الثَّنِيَّةِ الْعُلْيَا» قَالَا: عَنْ يَحْيَى، إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ «يَدْخُلُ مَكَّةَ مِنْ كَدَاءَ مِنْ ثَنِيَّةِ الْبَطْحَاءِ وَيَخْرُجُ مِنَ الثَّنِيَّةِ السُّفْلَى». زَادَ الْبَرْمَكِيُّ يَعْنِي ثَنِيَّتَيْ مَكَّةَ وَحَدِيثُ مُسَدَّدٍ أَتَمُّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1866

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1866

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1867

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1867. (Another chain) from 'Ubaidullāh from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, that the Prophet ﷺ would leave (Al-Madīnah) from the Shajarah road and enter Makkah from the Mu'arras road. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1867 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَخْرُجُ مِنْ طَرِيقِ الشَّجَرَةِ، وَيَدْخُلُ مِنْ طَرِيقِ الْمُعَرَّسِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1867

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1867

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1868

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1868. It was reported from Hishām, from 'Urwah, from his father, from 'Āishah (may Allāh be pleased with her) that she said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered (Makkah) during the Year of the Conquest from Kadā' — from upper Makkah. And he entered during his 'Umrah from Kudā." And 'Urwah would enter from both of these places, but he would usually enter from Kudā, and it was closer to his place of residence. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1868 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: «دَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَامَ الْفَتْحِ مِنْ كَدَاءَ مِنْ أَعْلَى مَكَّةَ، وَدَخَلَ فِي الْعُمْرَةِ مِنْ كُدًى». قَالَ: وَكَانَ عُرْوَةُ يَدْخُلُ مِنْهُمَا جَمِيعًا وَكَانَ أَكْثَرُ مَا كَانَ يَدْخُلُ مِنْ كُدًى وَكَانَ أَقْرَبَهُمَا إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ

Footnotes

1 [1] He heard this narration from three chains of narrators.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1868

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1868

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1869

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1869. (Another chain) from Hishām, from 'Urwah, from his father, from 'Aishah, that when the Prophet ﷺ entered Makkah, he would enter from its upper side, and when he left, he would leave from its lower side. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1869 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا دَخَلَ مَكَّةَ دَخَلَ مِنْ أَعْلَاهَا وَخَرَجَ مِنْ أَسْفَلِهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1869

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1869

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

Raising One's Hand When Seeing The House

Hadith 1870

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1870. Al-Muhājir Al-Makki said that Jābir bin 'Abdullāh was asked about a person raising his hands upon seeing the House. He said: "I did not think that anyone would do this except the Jews. And we performed Hajj with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and he did not use to do it." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1870 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مُعِينٍ، أَنَّ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا قَزْعَةَ، يُحَدِّثُ، عَنِ الْمُهَاجِرِ الْمَكِّيِّ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ " الرَّجُلِ يَرَى الْبَيْتَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ، فَقَالَ: «مَا كُنْتُ أَرَى أَحَدًا يَفْعَلُ هَذَا إِلَّا الْيَهُودَ وَقَدْ حَجَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمْ يَكُنْ يَفْعَلُهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1870

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1870

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1871

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1871. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin Rabāh Al-Anṣārī, from Abū Hurairah, that when he entered Makkah, the Prophet ﷺ, performed Tawāf around the House, and prayed two Rak'ah behind the Station (of Ibrāhīm) — meaning on the Day of Conquest. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1871 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا سَلَّامُ بْنُ مِسْكِينٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ثَابِتٌ الْبُنَانِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ رَبَاحٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَمَّا دَخَلَ مَكَّةَ طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَلْفَ الْمَقَامِ» - يَعْنِي يَوْمَ الْفَتْحِ -

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1871

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1871

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1872

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1872. (Another chain) from 'Abdullāh bin Rabāh, from Abū Hurairah, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came and entered Makkah, and he went to the (Black) Stone and touched it, then performed Tawāf around the House. He then went to Aṣ-Ṣafā and climbed it so that he could see the House, then raised his hands and began remembering Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, as much as Allāh willed him to, and supplicated as well. The Anṣār were below him." Hishām (one of the narrators) said: "He supplicated and praised Allāh, and made supplication with whatever he wished to supplicate with." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1872 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا بَهْزُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ، وَهَاشِمٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْقَاسِمِ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ الْمُغِيرَةِ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ رَبَاحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «أَقْبَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَدَخَلَ مَكَّةَ فَأَقْبَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الْحَجَرِ فَاسْتَلَمَهُ ثُمَّ طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ ثُمَّ أَتَى الصَّفَا فَعَلَاهُ حَيْثُ يَنْظُرُ إِلَى الْبَيْتِ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ فَجَعَلَ يَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ مَا شَاءَ أَنْ يَذْكُرَهُ وَيَدْعُوهُ». قَالَ: وَالْأَنْصَارُ تَحْتَهُ، قَالَ هَاشِمٌ: فَدَعَا وَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَدَعَا بِمَا شَاءَ أَنْ يَدْعُوَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1872

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1872

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

On Kissing The Black Stone

Hadith 1873

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1873. 'Ābis bin Rabī'ah narrated that 'Umar, may Allāh be pleased with him, came to the (Black) Stone and kissed it, then said: "I know that you are only a stone that can neither benefit nor harm (anything). And were it not for the fact that I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ kiss you, I would not kiss you." (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

1873 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَابِسِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ جَاءَ إِلَى الْحَجَرِ فَقَبَّلَهُ، فَقَالَ: «إِنِّي أَعْلَمُ أَنَّكَ حَجَرٌ لَا تَنْفَعُ وَلَا تَضُرُّ وَلَوْلَا أَنِّي رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُقَبِّلُكَ مَا قَبَّلْتُكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1873

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1873

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 47

Touching The (Other) Corners

Hadith 1874

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1874. It was reported from Laith, from Ibn Shihāb, from Sālim, from Ibn 'Umar, who said: "I did not see the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ touch any corners of the House except for the two southern ones."[1] (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

1874 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا لَيْثٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «لَمْ أَرَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَمْسَحُ مِنَ الْبَيْتِ إِلَّا الرُّكْنَيْنِ الْيَمَانِيَّيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1874

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1874

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1875

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1875. It was reported from Ma'mar, from Az-Zuhri, from Sālim, from that Ibn 'Umar, that he was informed of 'Āishah's statement: "Part of the Hījr is (included) in the House." Ibn 'Umar said: "By Allāh, I think that 'Āishah heard this from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. I think that the only reason the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ left touching those two corners is because they were not built on the foundations of the House. And the only reason that people perform Tawāf from behind the Hījr is because of this." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

١٨٧٥ - حَدَّثَنَا مَخْلَدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ أُخْبِرَ بِقَوْلِ، عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، «إِنَّ الْحِجْرَ بَعْضُهُ مِنَ الْبَيْتِ»، فَقَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: وَاللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأَظُنُّ عَائِشَةَ إِنْ كَانَتْ سَمِعَتْ هَذَا مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِنِّي لَأَظُنُّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمْ يَتْرُكِ اسْتِلَامَهُمَا إِلَّا أَنَّهُمَا لَيْسَا عَلَى قَوَاعِدِ الْبَيْتِ وَلَا طَافَ النَّاسُ وَرَاءَ الْحِجْرِ إِلَّا لِذَلِكَ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, the Yemeni corner and the corner where the Black Stone is.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1875

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1875

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1876

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1876. It was reported from 'Abdul-'Azīz bin Abī Rawwād, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would never leave touching the Yemeni corner and the Stone in each of his circuits." Nāfi' said: "And 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar would do the same." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1876 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ أَبِي رَوَّادٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَا يَدَعُ أَنْ يَسْتَلِمَ الرُّكْنَ الْيَمَانِيَ وَالْحَجَرَ فِي كُلِّ طَوْفَةٍ». قَالَ: وَكَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ يَفْعَلُهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1876

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1876

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

Regarding The Obligatory Tawāf

Hadith 1877

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: وإسناده صحيح على شرط البخاري. وقد أخرجه بإسناد المصنف، وأخرجه هو ومسلم وابن الجارود من طرق أخرى)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1877. It was reported from 'Ubaidullāh, meaning, Ibn 'Abdullāh bin 'Utbah, from Ibn 'Abbās, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed Tawāf during the Farewell Pilgrimage upon a camel, and he would touch the Stone with a Mihjan.[1] (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1877 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «طَافَ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ يَسْتَلِمُ الرُّكْنَ بِمِحْجَنٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1877

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1877

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1878

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1878. Ṣafīyyah bint Shaibah narrated: "After the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ arrived in Makkah and rested during the Year of Conquest, he performed Tawāf upon a camel, touching the Corner with a Mihjan in his hand, while I was looking at him." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1878 - حَدَّثَنَا مُصَرِّفُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الْيَامِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي ثَوْرٍ، عَنْ صَفِيَّةَ بِنْتِ شَيْبَةَ، قَالَتْ: «لَمَّا اطْمَأَنَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَكَّةَ عَامَ الْفَتْحِ طَافَ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ يَسْتَلِمُ الرُّكْنَ بِمِحْجَنٍ فِي يَدِهِ»، قَالَتْ: «وَأَنَا أَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1878

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1878

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1879

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1879. Abū Aṭ-Ṭufail narrated: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ perform Tawāf around the House upon his camel, touching the corner with his Mihjan, and then kissing it." Muḥammad bin Rāfi' (one of the narrators) added: "Then he exited to Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah and performed seven circuits upon his mount.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1879 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَعْرُوفٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ خَرَّبُوذَ الْمَكِّيَّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الطُّفَيْلِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَطُوفُ بِالْبَيْتِ عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ يَسْتَلِمُ الرُّكْنَ بِمِحْجَنِهِ، ثُمَّ يُقَبِّلُهُ». زَادَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ فَطَافَ سَبْعًا عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Mihjan a staff or stick with a crooked or curved end which riders use to guide the legs of the animal.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1879

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1879

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1880

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1880. Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh narrated: “The Prophet ﷺ performed Tawāf during the Farewell Pilgrimage upon his camel, and (he also rode it) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, so that people could see him, above them, and that they may ask him, for the people had surrounded him.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1880 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يَقُولُ: «طَافَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبِالصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ لِيَرَاهُ النَّاسُ وَلِيُشْرِفَ وَلِيَسْأَلُوهُ فَإِنَّ النَّاسَ غَشُوهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1880

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1880

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1881

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: اسناده-هيفما؛ يزيد بن أبي زياد- وهو: الهاشمي مولاهم- لا يحتج به- كما قال المنذري-. وقد تفرد بقوله: وهو يشتكي.. فهو منكر. والحديث صحيح بدون هذه الزيادة؛ أخرجه الشيخان والمصنف في الكتاب الآخر (١٦٤٠))
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1881. It was reported from ‘Ikrimah, from Ibn ‘Abbās that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered Makkah while he was suffering from an ailment, so he performed Tawāf upon his camel. Every time he passed the Corner, he would touch it with his Mihjan. After he had finished his Tawāf, he sat his camel down and prayed two Rak’ah. (Da’if)

Arabic text

1881 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدِمَ مَكَّةَ وَهُوَ يَشْتَكِي «فَطَافَ عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ كُلَّمَا أَتَى عَلَى الرُّكْنِ اسْتَلَمَ الرُّكْنَ بِمِحْجَنٍ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ مِنْ طَوَافِهِ أَنَاخَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1881

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1881

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1882

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1882. Umm Salamah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, narrated: “I complained to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ of some ailment I had. He said: ‘Perform Tawāf behind the people while you are riding (a camel).’ So I performed Tawāf while the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was praying next to the House, reciting: By the Tūr (mount). And the Book inscribed.”[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1882 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: شَكَوْتُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنِّي أَشْتَكِي فَقَالَ: «طُوفِي مِنْ وَرَاءِ النَّاسِ وَأَنْتِ رَاكِبَةٌ»، قَالَتْ: فَطُفْتُ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَئِذٍ يُصَلِّي إِلَى جَنْبِ الْبَيْتِ وَهُوَ يَقْرَأُ بِالطُّورِ وَكِتَابٍ مَسْطُورٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1882

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1882

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

Uncovering The Right Shoulder During Tawāf

Hadith 1883

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1883. It was reported from Ibn Juraij, from Ibn Ya'lā, from Ya'lā, who said: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Tawāf with his right shoulder uncovered while wearing a green Burd." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1883 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ يَعْلَى، عَنْ يَعْلَى، قَالَ: «طَافَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُضْطَبِعًا بِبُرْدٍ أَخْضَرَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1883

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1883

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1884

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده جيد، ورجاله رجال مسلم، وقال المنذري: "حديث حسن". وأخرجه الضياء المقدسي في "الأحاديث المختارة")
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1884. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and his Companions performed Umrah from Ji'irānāh. They walked briskly (Raml) around the House, and placed their Ridā's under their armpits, throwing it around their left shoulders." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1884 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَلَمَةَ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ خُثَيْمٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَصْحَابَهُ «اعْتَمَرُوا مِنَ الْجِعْرَانَةِ فَرَمَلُوا بِالْبَيْتِ وَجَعَلُوا أَرْدِيَتَهُمْ تَحْتَ آبَاطِهِمْ قَدْ قَذَفُوهَا عَلَى عَوَاتِقِهِمُ الْيُسْرَى»

Footnotes

1 [1] Aṭ-Tūr (52).

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1884

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1884

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

Ar-Ramal (Walking Briskly During Tawāf)

Hadith 1885

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1885. Abū Aṭ-Ṭufail said to Ibn 'Abbās: "Your people say that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ walked briskly (Ramal) around the House, and that it is a Sunnah." He replied: "They have told the truth, and they are mistaken." He said: "And how have they told the truth, and how are they mistaken?" He replied, "They told the truth: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ walked briskly around the House. And they are mistaken: It is not a Sunnah. The Quraish said, during the time of Al-Hudaibiyyah: 'Leave Muḥammad and his Companions until they die the death of An-Naghaf.'[1] So when they agreed to come the following year and stay in Makkah for three days, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came while the pagans were in the direction of Mount Qu'āiqi'ān. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to his Companions: 'Walk briskly around the House three times,' and it is not a Sunnah." He then said: "Your people say that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah upon his camel, and that it is a Sunnah." He replied: "They have told the truth, and they are mistaken." He said: "And how have they told the truth, and how are they mistaken?" He replied: "They told the truth: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did go between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah upon his camel. And they are mistaken: It is not a Sunnah. The people would not leave the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ nor would they move from him, so he rode his camel between them, that they may hear his speech and see him doing the rites, and not touch him with their hands (harm him)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1885 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَلَمَةَ مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ الْغَنَوِيُّ ، عَنْ أَبِي الطُّفَيْلِ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ: يَزْعُمُ قَوْمُكَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ رَمَلَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَأَنَّ ذَلِكَ سُنَّةٌ، قَالَ: صَدَقُوا وَكَذَبُوا، قُلْتُ: وَمَا صَدَقُوا، وَمَا كَذَبُوا، قَالَ: " صَدَقُوا، قَدْ رَمَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَكَذَبُوا، لَيْسَ بِسُنَّةٍ إِنَّ قُرَيْشًا قَالَتْ زَمَنَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ دَعُوا مُحَمَّدًا وَأَصْحَابَهُ حَتَّى يَمُوتُوا مَوْتَ النَّغَفِ فَلَمَّا صَالَحُوهُ عَلَى أَنْ يَجِيئُوا مِنَ الْعَامِ الْمُقْبِلِ، فَيُقِيمُوا بِمَكَّةَ ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ، فَقَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالْمُشْرِكُونَ مِنْ قِبَلِ قُعَيْقِعَانَ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِأَصْحَابِهِ: «ارْمُلُوا بِالْبَيْتِ ثَلَاثًا»، وَلَيْسَ بِسُنَّةٍ، قُلْتُ: يَزْعُمُ قَوْمُكَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ طَافَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ عَلَى بَعِيرِهِ وَأَنَّ ذَلِكَ سُنَّةٌ، فَقَالَ: صَدَقُوا وَكَذَبُوا، قُلْتُ: مَا صَدَقُوا وَمَا كَذَبُوا؟ قَالَ: صَدَقُوا قَدْ طَافَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ عَلَى بَعِيرِهِ، وَكَذَبُوا لَيْسَ بِسُنَّةٍ، كَانَ النَّاسُ لَا يُدْفَعُونَ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَا يُصْرَفُونَ عَنْهُ، فَطَافَ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ لِيَسْمَعُوا كَلَامَهُ وَلِيَرَوْا مَكَانَهُ وَلَا تَنَالُهُ أَيْدِيهِمْ

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Khaṭṭābī said: "An-Naghaf is a worm that falls from the nose of beasts, and the singular form is Naghafah. When belittling and remarking on the weakness of a man, it is said: 'He is nothing but a Naghafah.'"

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1885

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1885

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1886

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1886. It was reported from Sa'eed bin Jubair, who narrated from Ibn 'Abbās, that he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to Makkah and the fever of Yathrib had made them weak. So the pagans said: 'A people who are weak due to the fever are coming to you — they have met from it (the city of Yathrib) evil.' Allāh the Exalted informed His Prophet ﷺ regarding what they said, so he commanded them to walk briskly (Ramal) during the first three circuits, and to walk normally between the two (southern) corners. So when they saw them walk briskly, they said: 'These people whom you mentioned had become weak due to the fever — they are stronger than us!'" Ibn 'Abbās added: "And he did not commanded them to walk briskly (Ramal) for all of the circuits out of mercy for them.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1886 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، أَنَّهُ حَدَّثَ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ وَقَدْ وَهَنَتْهُمْ حُمَّى يَثْرِبَ فَقَالَ الْمُشْرِكُونَ: إِنَّهُ يَقْدَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ قَوْمٌ قَدْ وَهَنَتْهُمْ الْحُمَّى وَلَقُوا مِنْهَا شَرًّا فَأَطْلَعَ اللَّهُ سُبْحَانَهُ نَبِيَّهُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى مَا قَالُوهُ: " فَأَمَرَهُمْ أَنْ يَرْمُلُوا الْأَشْوَاطَ الثَّلَاثَةَ، وَأَنْ يَمْشُوا بَيْنَ الرُّكْنَيْنِ فَلَمَّا رَأَوْهُمْ رَمَلُوا قَالُوا: هَؤُلَاءِ الَّذِينَ ذَكَرْتُمْ أَنَّ الْحُمَّى قَدْ وَهَنَتْهُمْ هَؤُلَاءِ أَجْلَدُ مِنَّا ". قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: وَلَمْ يَأْمُرْهُمْ أَنْ يَرْمُلُوا الْأَشْوَاطَ كُلَّهَا إِلَّا إِبْقَاءً عَلَيْهِمْ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1886

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1886

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1887

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1887. It was reported from Zaid bin Aslam, from his father, that he heard ‘Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb say: “For what reason do we walk briskly (Ramal) and uncover our shoulders in this time, for Allāh has established Islam and wiped out disbelief and its people? Despite this, however, we will never leave anything that we used to do during the life of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1887 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، يَقُولُ: «فِيمَ الرَّمَلَانُ الْيَوْمَ وَالْكَشْفُ عَنِ المَنَاكِبِ وَقَدْ أَطَّأَ اللَّهُ الْإِسْلَامَ، وَنَفَى الْكُفْرَ وَأَهْلَهُ مَعَ ذَلِكَ لَا نَدَعُ شَيْئًا كُنَّا نَفْعَلُهُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1887

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1887

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1888

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1888. It was reported from Al-Qāsim, from ‘Aishah, that she said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “The Tawāf of the House, and between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, and the stoning of the Jimār, have only been legislated in order to establish the remembrance of Allāh.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1888 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الطَّوَافُ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ وَرَمْيُ الْجِمَارِ لِإِقَامَةِ ذِكْرِ اللَّهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1888

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1888

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1889

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1889. It was reported from Abū Aṭ-Ṭufail, from Ibn ‘Abbās, that the Prophet ﷺ uncovered his right shoulder, touched (the Black Stone), and said the Takbir. He then walked briskly (Ramal) for three circuits. And when they would reach the Yemeni corner, and thus be hidden from the Quraish, they would walk normally, and when they would appear in front of them, they would walk briskly. So the Quraish said: 'It is as if they are gazelles!" Ibn 'Abbās added: "So it became a Sunnah." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1889 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ خُثَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الطُّفَيْلِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " اضْطَبَعَ فَاسْتَلَمَ وَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ رَمَلَ ثَلَاثَةَ أَطْوَافٍ وَكَانُوا، إِذَا بَلَغُوا الرُّكْنَ الْيَمَانِيَ وَتَغَيَّبُوا مِنْ قُرَيْشٍ مَشَوْا، ثُمَّ يَطْلُعُونَ عَلَيْهِمْ يَرْمُلُونَ، تَقُولُ قُرَيْشٌ: كَأَنَّهُمُ الْغِزْلَانُ "، قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: فَكَانَتْ سُنَّةً

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1889

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1889

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1890

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده جيد، وصححه ابن حبان)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1890. (Another chain) from Abū Aṭ-Ṭufail, from Ibn 'Abbās that the Prophet ﷺ and his Companions performed Umrah from Ji'irrānah, and they walked briskly (Ramal) three times around the House, and walked normally four times. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1890 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ خُثَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الطُّفَيْلِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَصْحَابَهُ «اعْتَمَرُوا مِنَ الْجِعْرَانَةِ فَرَمَلُوا بِالْبَيْتِ ثَلَاثًا، وَمَشَوْا أَرْبَعًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1890

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1890

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1891

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1891. It was reported from Nāfi', that Ibn 'Umar walked briskly (Ramal) from the Stone to the Stone, and mentioned that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did that. (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1891 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كَامِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمُ بْنُ أَخْضَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، «رَمَلَ مِنَ الْحَجَرِ إِلَى الْحَجَرِ، وَذَكَرَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1891

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1891

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

Supplicating During Tawāf

Hadith 1892

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1892. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin As-Sā'ib, who said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say, between the two (southern) corners: O Allāh! Give us good in this life, and give us good in the Hereafter, and save us from the punishment of the Fire."[1](Hasan)

Arabic text

1892 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَا بَيْنَ الرُّكْنَيْنِ رَبَّنَا آتِنَا فِي الدُّنْيَا حَسَنَةً وَفِي الْآخِرَةِ حَسَنَةً، وَقِنَا عَذَابَ النَّارِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1892

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1892

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1893

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1893. Ibn 'Umar narrated that, during the first Tawāf that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would perform for Hajj or Umrah when he arrived, he would walk swiftly (Ramal) for three circuits, and walk normally for four, and then he would pray two prostrations (Rak'ah). (Sahih)

Arabic text

1893 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ «إِذَا طَافَ فِي الْحَجِّ وَالْعُمْرَةِ أَوَّلَ مَا يَقْدَمُ فَإِنَّهُ يَسْعَى ثَلَاثَةَ أَطْوَافٍ، وَيَمْشِي أَرْبَعًا ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1893

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1893

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

Performing Tawāf After Asr

Hadith 1894

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1894. Jubair bin Muṭ'im conveyed that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Do not prevent anyone from performing Tawāf of this House or praying, whatever hour of the night or day he wishes to do so." Al-Faḍl (one of the narrators) said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'O Banū 'Abd Manāf! Do not prevent anyone...' " (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1894 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، وَالْفَضْلُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ وَهَذَا لَفْظُهُ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَابَاهَ، عَنْ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، يَبْلُغُ بِهِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تَمْنَعُوا أَحَدًا يَطُوفُ بِهَذَا الْبَيْتِ وَيُصَلِّي أَيَّ سَاعَةٍ شَاءَ مِنْ لَيْلٍ أَوْ نَهَارٍ». قَالَ الْفَضْلُ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: يَا بَنِي عَبْدِ مَنَافٍ، لَا تَمْنَعُوا أَحَدًا "

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:201.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1894

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1894

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

The Tawāf For The One Performing Qirān

Hadith 1895

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1895. It was reported from Abū Az-Zubair, that he heard Jābir bin 'Abdullāh saying: "Neither the Prophet ﷺ nor his Companions performed Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah except for one Tawāf time — the first Tawāf." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1895 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يَقُولُ: «لَمْ يَطُفِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَا أَصْحَابُهُ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ إِلَّا طَوَافًا وَاحِدًا طَوَافَهُ الْأَوَّلَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1895

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1895

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1896

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1896. It was reported from 'Urwah, from 'Aishah, that the Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ who were with him did not perform Tawāf until they stoned the Jamrah. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1896 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ أَصْحَابَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الَّذِينَ كَانُوا مَعَهُ «لَمْ يَطُوفُوا حَتَّى رَمَوْا الْجَمْرَةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1896

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1896

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1897

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1897. It was reported from Ash-Shāfi'i, from Ibn 'Uyainah, from Ibn Abī Najīh, from 'Aṭā', from 'Aishah, that the Prophet ﷺ said to her: "Your Tawāf around the House and between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah is sufficient for your Hajj and ‘Umrah.” Ash-Shāfi‘ī said: “Sufyān (Ibn ‘Uyainah) would sometimes say: ‘From ‘Atā’, from ‘Āishah,’ and sometimes he would say: ‘From ‘Atā’, that the Prophet ﷺ said to ‘Āishah, may Allāh be pleased with her.’” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1897 - حَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ، أَخْبَرَنِي الشَّافِعِيُّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي نَجِيحٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لَهَا: «طَوَافُكِ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ يَكْفِيكِ لِحَجَّتِكِ وَعُمْرَتِكِ». قَالَ الشَّافِعِيُّ: كَانَ سُفْيَانُ رُبَّمَا، قَالَ: عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَرُبَّمَا، قَالَ: عَنْ عَطَاءٍ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لِعَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1897

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1897

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

Regarding Multazam[1]

Hadith 1898

DarussalamḌa‘īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1898. ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ṣafwān narrated: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had conquered Makkah, I said (to myself): ‘I will wear my clothes — and my house was on the way — and I will see what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ does.’ So I went, and saw that the Prophet ﷺ had exited from the Ka’bah along with his Companions, and they had embraced the House from the door to the Ḥaṭim.[2] They had placed their cheeks on the House, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was in their midst.” (Ḍa‘īf)

Arabic text

1898 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ صَفْوَانَ، قَالَ: لَمَّا فَتَحَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ قُلْتُ: لَأَلْبَسَنَّ ثِيَابِي وَكَانَتْ دَارِي عَلَى الطَّرِيقِ، فَلَأَنْظُرَنَّ كَيْفَ يَصْنَعُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَانْطَلَقْتُ فَرَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «قَدْ خَرَجَ مِنَ الْكَعْبَةِ هُوَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ وَقَدْ اسْتَلَمُوا الْبَيْتَ مِنَ الْبَابِ إِلَى الْحَطِيمِ وَقَدْ وَضَعُوا خُدُودَهُمْ عَلَى الْبَيْتِ، وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَسْطَهُمْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Holding on to the Ka’bah.

2 [2] Ḥaṭim refers to an area of the Ka’bah, they say it is from the corner of the Black Stone, to the door, or beyond that to where the Station of Ibrāhīm is.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1898

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1898

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1899

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1899. 'Amr bin Shu'aib narrated from his father, "I performed Tawāf with 'Abdullāh. When we reached the back of the Ka'bah, he said: 'Will you not seek refuge?' I said: 'We seek refuge in Allāh from the Fire.' He then went on until he had touched the Stone, and then stood between the Corner (Black Stone) and the door. He placed his chest, face, forearms, and palms like so, and he spread his hands out, and then he said: 'This is what I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ do.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1899 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُثَنَّى بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: طُفْتُ مَعَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ فَلَمَّا جِئْنَا دُبُرَ الْكَعْبَةِ قُلْتُ: أَلَا تَتَعَوَّذُ؟ قَالَ: «نَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ النَّارِ»، ثُمَّ مَضَى حَتَّى اسْتَلَمَ الْحَجَرَ وَأَقَامَ بَيْنَ الرُّكْنِ وَالْبَابِ، فَوَضَعَ صَدْرَهُ وَوَجْهَهُ وَذِرَاعَيْهِ وَكَفَّيْهِ هَكَذَا وَبَسَطَهُمَا بَسْطًا، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1899

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1899

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1900

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1900. It was reported from Muhammad bin 'Abdullāh bin As-Sā'ib, from his father, that he would lead Ibn 'Abbās and make him stand at the third corner next to the Corner that is next to the door. Ibn 'Abbās would say to him: "Have you been informed that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to perform Salāt here?" He would reply: "Yes." Then he would stand up to perform Salāt. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1900 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا السَّائِبُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الْمَخْزُومِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَقُودُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ فَيُقِيمُهُ عِنْدَ الشُّقَّةِ الثَّالِثَةِ مِمَّا يَلِي الرُّكْنَ الَّذِي يَلِي الْحَجَرَ مِمَّا يَلِي الْبَابَ، فَيَقُولُ لَهُ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: أُنْبِئْتُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي هَا هُنَا؟، فَيَقُولُ: «نَعَمْ»، فَيَقُومُ فَيُصَلِّي

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1900

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1900

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

Regarding Aş-Şafā And Al-Marwah

Hadith 1901

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1901. It was reported from Hishām bin 'Urwah, from his father, that one day, when he was young, he asked 'Āishah, regarding the statement of Allāh: Verily, Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah are of the Symbols of Allāh...[1] "(Based on this), I don't see any penalty upon a person if he does not perform Tawāf between them."[2] 'Āishah, may Allāh be pleased with her, replied: "No, had the (meaning) been as you imply, it would have been: '...there is no sin upon him if he does not walk between them.' This Verse was revealed regarding the Anṣār. They would (before Islam) begin their Talbiyah (for Hajj) for Manāh, and Manāh was in the direction of Qudaid. And they would feel uncomfortable with walking between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, so when Islam came, they asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ about it. So Allāh revealed: Verily, Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah are of the Symbols of Allāh...." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1901 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِعَائِشَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَنَا يَوْمَئِذٍ حَدِيثُ السِّنِّ أَرَأَيْتِ قَوْلَ اللَّهِ تَعَالَى {إِنَّ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةَ مِنْ شَعَائِرِ اللَّهِ} [البقرة: 158] فَمَا أَرَى عَلَى أَحَدٍ شَيْئًا أَنْ لَا يَطَّوَّفَ بِهِمَا، قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: كَلَّا لَوْ كَانَ كَمَا تَقُولُ: كَانَتْ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِ أَنْ لَا يَطَّوَّفَ بِهِمَا إِنَّمَا أُنْزِلَتْ هَذِهِ الْآيَةُ فِي الْأَنْصَارِ كَانُوا يُهِلُّونَ لِمَنَاةَ وَكَانَتْ مَنَاةُ حَذْوَ قُدَيْدٍ، وَكَانُوا يَتَحَرَّجُونَ أَنْ يَطُوفُوا بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ، فَلَمَّا جَاءَ الْإِسْلَامُ سَأَلُوا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ ذَلِكَ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى {إِنَّ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةَ مِنْ شَعَائِرِ اللَّهِ} [البقرة: 158]

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1901

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1901

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1902

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1902. It was reported from Ismā'il bin AbīKhālid, from 'Abdullāh bin Abī Awfā, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed 'Umrah. He performed Tawāf around the House, and prayed two Rak'ah behind the Station while he had some people who were covering him from the crowd. Someone asked 'Abdullāh: "Did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ enter the Ka'bah?" to which he replied: "No." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1902 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «اعْتَمَرَ فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَصَلَّى خَلْفَ الْمَقَامِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ وَمَعَهُ مَنْ يَسْتُرُهُ مِنَ النَّاسِ». فَقِيلَ لِعَبْدِ اللَّهِ أَدَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْكَعْبَةَ قَالَ: لَا،

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:158.

2 [2] Because, in the remainder of the Āyah, Allāh says: (So it is not a sin on him who performs Hajj or 'Umrah to perform Tawāf between them.) And the meaning of Tawāf between them is Sa'i.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1902

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1902

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1903

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح، دون الحلقAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1903. (Another chain) from Ismā'īl bin Abī Khālid, who said: "I heard 'Abdullāh bin Abī Awfā..." — with this Hadith. And he added: "He then came to Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah, and performed the Saṭ between them — seven (circuits) — and then shaved his hair." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1903 - حَدَّثَنَا تَمِيمُ بْنُ الْمُنْتَصِرِ، أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ أَبِي أَوْفَى بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ زَادَ ثُمَّ أَتَى الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةَ فَسَعَى بَيْنَهُمَا سَبْعًا ثُمَّ حَلَقَ رَأْسَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1903

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1903

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1904

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1904. It was reported from 'Atā' bin As-Sā'ib, from Kathīr bin Jumhān, that a person said to 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar, while they were between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah: "O Abū 'Abdur-Raḥmān! I see that you are walking normally, while the people are walking briskly." He replied: "If I walk normally, then I have seen the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ walk normally, and if I walk briskly, then I have seen the Messenger of Allāhwalk briskly.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1904 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَطَاءُ بْنُ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ كَثِيرِ بْنِ جُمْهَانَ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا، قَالَ: لِعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةِ يَا أَبَا عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ إِنِّي أَرَاكَ تَمْشِي وَالنَّاسُ يَسْعَوْنَ قَالَ: «إِنْ أَمْشِ فَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَمْشِي وَإِنْ أَسْعَ فَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْعَى وَأَنَا شَيْخٌ كَبِيرٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1904

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1904

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

The Description OfThe Prophet's Hajj

Hadith 1905

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1905. Ja'far bin Muhammad narrated from his father, that he said, "We visited Jābir bin 'Abdullāh, and when we came to him, he asked us to introduce ourselves, until my turn came. So I said: 'I am Muḥammad bin 'Alī bin Husain.' So he lowered his hand to my head, and unbuttoned my top and bottom buttons, then placed his hand in between my chest — and I was at that time a young boy — and said: 'Welcome, and be at ease, O nephew! Ask whatever you wish.' So I asked him, and he was blind. When the time for prayer came, he stood up, and he was wrapped in a garment. Every time he tried to place it over his shoulder, it fell off due to its small size. He led us in prayer, and his Ridā was next to him on a rack. I then said: 'Inform me of the Hajj of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.' "He motioned with his fingers until he had closed nine of them, and said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ remained for nine years, not having performed Hajj. Then, in the tenth year, he announced to the people that he would go for Hajj. So a lot of people came to Al-Madinah, all of them wishing to follow the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and do as he did. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ left (Al-Madinah), and we all left with him. When we came to Dhūl-Ḥulaifah, Asmā' bint Umais gave birth to Muḥammad bin Abū Bakr, so she sent someone to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ asking what she should do. He replied: "Perform Ghusl, and tighten a cloth around your private part, and enter the state of Iḥrām." "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed in the Masjid, and then mounted his camel Qaṣwā', until it reached the peak of Al-Baidā'. There were people in front of him as far as my eye could see, riding, and walking; and a similar amount to his right; and a similar amount to his left, and also behind him — an amount equivalent to them. And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was among us, and to him the Qur'ān was being revealed, and he knew its interpretation. So whatever he did, we also did. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ began uttering the Talbiyah of Tawḥīd: "Labbaik Allāhumma labbaik, labbaika lā sharika laka labaik! Innal-ḥamda wan-ni'mata laka wal-mulk, lā sharika laka (I respond to your call, O Allāh, I respond. I respond to Your call, You have no partner. I respond to Your call. All praise is for You, and all blessings attributed to You, as is the kingdom. You have no partner)." And the people said the Talbiyah as they say it (now), and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did not prevent them from saying anything. But he continued repeating his Talbiyah. And we only intended to perform Hajj, not even being aware of the Umrah, until, when we came to the House with him, he touched the (Black Stone) Corner, and walked briskly for three circuits, and (he walked) normally for four. "He then went to the Station (of Ibrāhīm) and recited: 'And take the Station of Ibrāhīm a place of prayer.'[1] He stood in such a way that the Station was between him and the House. — He said: "My father would say: 'Ibn Nufail and 'Uthmān said: "I do not know but that he mentioned that from the Prophet ﷺ."[2] — And he would recite in the two Rak'ah: 'Say: He is Allāh, (the) One,[3] and, 'Say: O you who disbelieve.'[4] He then returned to the House and touched the Corner (of the Black Stone), and then exited from the door to Aṣ-Ṣafā. "When he came close to Aṣ-Ṣafā, he recited: 'Verily, Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwah are of the Symbols of Allāh...'[5] and then he said: 'We will start with what Allāh has started with,' and he began with Aṣ-Ṣafā. He climbed on top of it until he could see the House, and he said the Takbīr, and exclaimed His oneness, and said: 'Lā ilāha illallāh waḥdahu lā sharika lahu, laḥul-mulku wa laḥul-ḥamdu, yuḥyī wa yumītu, wa huwa 'alā kulli shai'in qadīr. Lā ilāha illallāh waḥdahu, anjaza wa'dahu, wa naṣara 'abdahu, wa hazamal-ahzāba waḥdah. (None has the right to be worshipped but Allāh Alone. He is Alone, having no partners. To Him belongs the kingdom, and to Him belongs all praise, and He gives life and death, and He is capable of all things. There is none worthy of worship except Allāh alone. He fulfilled His promise, and aided His servant, and destroyed the enemy confederates by Himself). Then he supplicated between them, and repeated these phrases three times. He then descended to Al-Marwah. When he went down the incline, he walked briskly into the valley, and when he had come back up, he walked normally, until he reached Al-Marwah, where he did as he had done on Aṣ-Ṣafā. When he finished the final round at Al-Marwah, he said: 'Had I known what I now know, I would not have brought my sacrificial animals with me, and would have made this an 'Umrah. So whoever among you does not have a Hadī with him, let him exit the state of Iḥrām, and make this an 'Umrah.' "So everyone left the state of Iḥrām, and cut their hair, except for the Prophet ﷺ and those who had a Hadī. Surāqah bin Ju'ṣum stood up and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! Is it for this year only, or forever?' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ intertwined the fingers of one hand with the fingers of the other and said: 'Umrah has been joined with Hajj,' (motioning) with his hands twice: 'Nay, but forever, forever. Nay, but forever, forever.' And 'Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him, arrived from Yemen, bringing with him the sacrificial animals of the Prophet ﷺ. He found Fātimah, peace be upon her, outside of her Ihrām, wearing dyed clothes and applying kohl to her eyes. So 'Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him, reprimanded her, and said: 'Who commanded you to do this?' She replied: 'My father.' "And 'Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him, would (later) say — while he was in Al-'Irāq — 'I went to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ complaining about Fātimah regarding her actions, seeking his verdict (based) on what she said, so I told him that I reprimanded her, and that she had replied that her father had told her to do so. He (ﷺ) said: "She has told the truth, she has told the truth. What did you say when you started your Hajj?" I replied: "I said: 'O Allāh! I enter Ihrām for whatever the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ has entered Ihrām.'" So he said: 'In that case, I have the Hadī with me, so do not leave the state of Ihrām.'" (Jābir continues:) The total number of the Hadī that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ brought from Al-Madīnah and 'Ali brought from Yemen came to one hundred. So everyone left the state of Ihrām and cut their hair, except for the Prophet ﷺ and those who had a Hadī with them. “On the Day of Tarwiyah (the eighth of Dhul-Hijjah), when they set out for Minā, they all entered into Ihrām for Hajj. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ rode (to Minā), and prayed Zuhr and ‘Aṣr, and Maghrib, and ‘Ishā, and Ṣubh there. He then waited for a while until the sun had risen, and commanded that a tent of hair[1] of his be placed at Namirah. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ continued onwards, and the Quraish did not doubt that he would stop at Al-Mash‘ar Al-Ḥarām of Al-Muzdalifah, as they would do in the days of Jahiliyyah. But the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pressed onwards until he arrived at ‘Arafah, and saw the tent that had been placed for him at Namirah. He encamped there, until the sun had begun its descent. He then commanded that his camel Al-Qaṣwā be readied, and mounted it until he reached the center of the valley. He delivered a sermon and said: ‘Your blood and wealth is sacred to you, just as the sanctity of this day, in this sacred month, in this sacred place. Verily, everything that occurred in Jahiliyyah is under my foot (abolished), null and void. And the blood-money due in Jahiliyyah is abolished — and the first blood-money that I abolish is our own, the blood money of the son of Rabī'ah.' — 'Uthmān (one of the narrators) said: "Rabī'ah bin Al-Hārīth bin 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib." Someone among these (narrators) said: "He had been sent to the tribe of Sa'd in order that they foster him, but the tribe of Hudhail killed him" — 'And the interest of Jahiliyyah has been abolished. And the first interest that I abolish is our own: The interest due to 'Abbās bin 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib, for all of it is abolished. Fear Allāh with regards to women, for you have taken them (in marriage) with the trust of Allāh, and their private parts have been made permissible for you with the words of Allāh. And your right upon them is that they do not allow anyone that you do not like to tread on your bedding. If they do (some sin), hit them without causing any wounds. And their right over you is their sustenance, and their clothing, according to what is customary. And I have left amongst you something that you will never go astray after: The Book of Allāh. And you will be asked about me, so what will you say?' "They said: 'We testify that you have given and passed on (the Message), and been sincere.' So he raised his pointer finger to the sky and then lowered it toward the people, saying: 'O Allāh, bear witness. O Allāh, bear witness. O Allāh, bear witness.' "Then Bilāl called the Adhān and Iqāmah, and he prayed Zuhr, then he called the Iqāmah and he prayed ‘Aṣr, and did not pray anything between them. “He then rode Al-Qaṣwā’ until he arrived at the place (of Mount ‘Arafah), and he made his camel’s back face the rocks, and (stood) such that the throng of pedestrians was in front of him. He faced the Qiblah, and remained standing until the sun had set and its brightness lessened — until its last portion disappeared. “He placed Usāmah behind him (on his camel), and went on. But the crowd had squeezed Al-Qaṣwā’, such that its head was hitting the front of the saddle, and he (ﷺ) was saying, motioning with his right hand: ‘Gently, O people! Gently, O people.’ “Whenever he reached a hillock, he would loosen its reign so that it could ascend. He then came to Al-Muzdalifah, and combined between Al-Maghrib and ‘Ishā’ (prayers) with one Adhān and two Iqāmahs” — ‘Uthmān (one of the narrators) said: “And he did not pray any voluntary prayers in between them.” — Then they (the narrators) were in accord. “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ then lay down until dawn broke, upon which he prayed Fajr when the light of dawn had become clear to him” — Sulaimān (one of the narrators) said: “With the Adhān and Iqāmah.” Then they (the narrators) were in accord —; He then rode Al-Qaṣwā’ to the Al-Mash‘ar Al-Ḥarām and ascended it.” — ‘Uthmān and Sulaimān (among the narrators) said: “He faced the Qiblah, praised Allāh, and said the Takbīr and the Tahlīl.” ‘Uthmān added: “And extolled His oneness.” — “And he remained standing until it became very bright. Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ departed, before the sun actually rose, and placed Al-Faḍl bin ‘Abbās behind him (on his mount) — and he was a man with beautiful hair, of a fair complexion, and well-built. Every time a woman in her riding-tent passed by, he would look at them, so the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ placed his hand on Al-Faḍl’s face, and Al-Faḍl turned his face to the other direction. (When one passed in that direction) the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would again place his hand on Al-Faḍl’s face, so he would turn to the other direction, looking (away). “When they reached (the valley of) Muḥassir, he hurried a little, then took the middle road — which led to Al-Jamarat Al-Kubrā. When he reached the Jamrah next to the tree, he pelted it with seven pebbles, saying the Takbīr with every pebble which would be similar to the (size) of pebbles (those used) for Khadhf.[1] He threw from the middle of the valley, then went to the slaughter area and sacrificed with his own hands sixty-three (camels), and he commanded 'Alī to sacrifice the remaining ones, so he shared the sacrificial animals with him. He then ordered a small portion from every camel be taken to be cooked in a pot, and they ate from its meat and drank from its broth. He then rode (his camel), and went to the House, praying Zuhr in Makkah. He then went to Banū 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib while they were drawing out Zamzam (water), and said: 'Keep taking it out, O Banū 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib, for if not for the fact that people would eventually take your (rights) of drawing the water away from you, I would have drawn with you.' They gave him a bucket, and he drank from it.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1905 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الدِّمَشْقِيَّانِ، وَرُبَّمَا زَادَ بَعْضُهُمْ عَلَى بَعْضٍ الْكَلِمَةَ وَالشَّيْءَ قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: دَخَلْنَا عَلَى جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ فَلَمَّا انْتَهَيْنَا إِلَيْهِ، سَأَلَ عَنِ الْقَوْمِ حَتَّى انْتَهَى إِلَيَّ، فَقُلْتُ: أَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حُسَيْنٍ، فَأَهْوَى بِيَدِهِ إِلَى رَأْسِي فَنَزَعَ زِرِّي الْأَعْلَى، ثُمَّ نَزَعَ زِرِّي الْأَسْفَلَ، ثُمَّ وَضَعَ كَفَّهُ بَيْنَ ثَدْيَيَّ وَأَنَا يَوْمَئِذٍ غُلَامٌ شَابٌّ، فَقَالَ: مَرْحَبًا بِكَ، وَأَهْلًا يَا ابْنَ أَخِي سَلْ عَمَّا شِئْتَ فَسَأَلْتُهُ وَهُوَ أَعْمَى وَجَاءَ وَقْتُ الصَّلَاةِ ، فَقَامَ فِي نِسَاجَةٍ مُلْتَحِفًا بِهَا يَعْنِي ثَوْبًا مُلَفَّقًا كُلَّمَا وَضَعَهَا عَلَى مَنْكِبِهِ رَجَعَ طَرَفَاهَا إِلَيْهِ مِنْ صِغَرِهَا، فَصَلَّى بِنَا وَرِدَاؤُهُ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ عَلَى الْمِشْجَبِ، فَقُلْتُ: أَخْبِرْنِي عَنْ حَجَّةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: بِيَدِهِ فَعَقَدَ تِسْعًا، ثُمَّ قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَثَ تِسْعَ سِنِينَ لَمْ يَحُجَّ، ثُمَّ أُذِّنَ فِي النَّاسِ فِي الْعَاشِرَةِ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَاجٌّ، فَقَدِمَ الْمَدِينَةَ بَشَرٌ كَثِيرٌ كُلُّهُمْ يَلْتَمِسُ أَنْ يَأْتَمَّ بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَيَعْمَلَ بِمِثْلِ عَمَلِهِ، فَخَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَخَرَجْنَا مَعَهُ حَتَّى أَتَيْنَا ذَا الْحُلَيْفَةِ، فَوَلَدَتْ أَسْمَاءُ بِنْتُ عُمَيْسٍ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَأَرْسَلَتْ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَيْفَ أَصْنَعُ؟ فَقَالَ: «اغْتَسِلِي وَاسْتَذْفِرِي بِثَوْبٍ وَأَحْرِمِي»، فَصَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ الْقَصْوَاءَ حَتَّى إِذَا اسْتَوَتْ بِهِ نَاقَتُهُ عَلَى الْبَيْدَاءِ، قَالَ: جَابِرٌ نَظَرْتُ إِلَى مَدِّ بَصَرِي مِنْ بَيْنِ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ رَاكِبٍ وَمَاشٍ وَعَنْ يَمِينِهِ مِثْلُ ذَلِكَ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ مِثْلُ ذَلِكَ وَمِنْ خَلْفِهِ مِثْلُ ذَلِكَ، وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَيْنَ أَظْهُرِنَا وَعَلَيْهِ يَنْزِلُ الْقُرْآنُ، وَهُوَ يَعْلَمُ تَأْوِيلَهُ فَمَا عَمِلَ بِهِ مِنْ شَيْءٍ، عَمِلْنَا بِهِ فَأَهَلَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالتَّوْحِيدِ «لَبَّيْكَ اللَّهُمَّ لَبَّيْكَ، لَبَّيْكَ لَا شَرِيكَ لَكَ لَبَّيْكَ، إِنَّ الْحَمْدَ وَالنِّعْمَةَ لَكَ وَالْمُلْكَ لَا شَرِيكَ لَكَ» وَأَهَلَّ النَّاسُ بِهَذَا الَّذِي يُهِلُّونَ بِهِ فَلَمْ يَرُدَّ عَلَيْهِمْ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ شَيْئًا مِنْهُ، وَلَزِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَلْبِيَتَهُ، قَالَ جَابِرٌ: لَسْنَا نَنْوِي إِلَّا الْحَجَّ لَسْنَا نَعْرِفُ الْعُمْرَةَ، حَتَّى إِذَا أَتَيْنَا الْبَيْتَ مَعَهُ اسْتَلَمَ الرُّكْنَ فَرَمَلَ ثَلَاثًا، وَمَشَى أَرْبَعًا، ثُمَّ تَقَدَّمَ إِلَى مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ فَقَرَأَ {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى} [البقرة: 125] فَجَعَلَ الْمَقَامَ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْبَيْتِ. قَالَ: فَكَانَ أَبِي يَقُولُ قَالَ: ابْنُ نُفَيْلٍ، وَعُثْمَانُ وَلَا أَعْلَمُهُ ذَكَرَهُ إِلَّا عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ سُلَيْمَانُ: وَلَا أَعْلَمُهُ إِلَّا، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ بِقُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ وَقُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَى الْبَيْتِ فَاسْتَلَمَ الرُّكْنَ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ مِنَ الْبَابِ إِلَى الصَّفَا، فَلَمَّا دَنَا مِنَ الصَّفَا قَرَأَ {إِنَّ الصَّفَا وَالْمَرْوَةَ مِنْ شَعَائِرِ اللَّهِ} [البقرة: 158] «نَبْدَأُ بِمَا بَدَأَ اللَّهُ بِهِ» فَبَدَأَ بِالصَّفَا فَرَقِيَ عَلَيْهِ حَتَّى رَأَى الْبَيْتَ فَكَبَّرَ اللَّهَ وَوَحَّدَهُ وَقَالَ: «لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، لَهُ الْمُلْكُ وَلَهُ الْحَمْدُ، يُحْيِي وَيُمِيتُ وَهُوَ عَلَى كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ أَنْجَزَ وَعْدَهُ، وَنَصَرَ عَبْدَهُ، وَهَزَمَ الْأَحْزَابَ وَحْدَهُ» ثُمَّ دَعَا بَيْنَ ذَلِكَ، وَقَالَ: مِثْلَ هَذَا ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، ثُمَّ نَزَلَ إِلَى الْمَرْوَةِ حَتَّى إِذَا انْصَبَّتْ قَدَمَاهُ رَمَلَ فِي بَطْنِ الْوَادِي، حَتَّى إِذَا صَعَدَ مَشَى حَتَّى أَتَى الْمَرْوَةَ، فَصَنَعَ عَلَى الْمَرْوَةِ مِثْلَ مَا صَنَعَ عَلَى الصَّفَا، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ آخِرُ الطَّوَافِ عَلَى الْمَرْوَةِ، قَالَ: «إِنِّي لَوِ اسْتَقْبَلْتُ مِنْ أَمْرِي مَا اسْتَدْبَرْتُ لَمْ أَسُقْ الْهَدْيَ وَلَجَعَلْتُهَا عُمْرَةً، فَمَنْ كَانَ مِنْكُمْ لَيْسَ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ فَلْيُحْلِلْ وَلْيَجْعَلْهَا عُمْرَةً» فَحَلَّ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ وَقَصَّرُوا إِلَّا النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَمَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ فَقَامَ سُرَاقَةُ بْنُ جُعْشُمٍ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَلِعَامِنَا هَذَا أَمْ لِلْأَبَدِ؟ فَشَبَّكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَصَابِعَهُ فِي الْأُخْرَى، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «دَخَلَتِ الْعُمْرَةُ فِي الْحَجِّ» هَكَذَا مَرَّتَيْنِ «لَا بَلْ لِأَبَدِ أَبَدٍ، لَا بَلْ لِأَبَدِ أَبَدٍ» قَالَ: وَقَدِمَ عَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، مِنَ الْيَمَنِ بِبُدْنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَوَجَدَ فَاطِمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا مِمَّنْ حَلَّ، وَلَبِسَتْ ثِيَابًا صَبِيغًا وَاكْتَحَلَتْ فَأَنْكَرَ عَلِيٌّ ذَلِكَ عَلَيْهَا، وَقَالَ: مَنْ أَمَرَكِ بِهَذَا، فَقَالَتْ: أَبِي، فَكَانَ عَلِيٌّ يَقُولُ: بِالْعِرَاقِ ذَهَبْتُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُحَرِّشًا عَلَى فَاطِمَةَ فِي الْأَمْرِ الَّذِي صَنَعَتْهُ مُسْتَفْتِيًا لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الَّذِي ذَكَرَتْ عَنْهُ فَأَخْبَرْتُهُ، أَنِّي أَنْكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ عَلَيْهَا فَقَالَتْ: إِنَّ أَبِي أَمَرَنِي بِهَذَا، فَقَالَ: «صَدَقَتْ، صَدَقَتْ مَاذَا، قُلْتَ حِينَ فَرَضْتَ الْحَجَّ» قَالَ: قُلْتُ اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أُهِلُّ بِمَا أَهَلَّ بِهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «فَإِنَّ مَعِيَ الْهَدْيَ فَلَا تَحْلِلْ» قَالَ: وَكَانَ جَمَاعَةُ الْهَدْيِ الَّذِي قَدِمَ بِهِ عَلِيٌّ مِنَ الْيَمَنِ وَالَّذِي أَتَى بِهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنَ الْمَدِينَةِ مِائَةً فَحَلَّ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ، وَقَصَّرُوا إِلَّا النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَمَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ، قَالَ: فَلَمَّا كَانَ يَوْمُ التَّرْوِيَةِ وَوَجَّهُوا إِلَى مِنًى أَهَلُّوا بِالْحَجِّ، فَرَكِبَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى بِمِنًى الظُّهْرَ وَالْعَصْرَ وَالْمَغْرِبَ وَالْعِشَاءَ وَالصُّبْحَ، ثُمَّ مَكَثَ قَلِيلًا حَتَّى طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ وَأَمَرَ بِقُبَّةٍ لَهُ مِنْ شَعْرٍ فَضُرِبَتْ بِنَمِرَةٍ، فَسَارَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَا تَشُكُّ قُرَيْشٌ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَاقِفٌ عِنْدَ الْمَشْعَرِ الْحَرَامِ بِالْمُزْدَلِفَةِ، كَمَا كَانَتْ قُرَيْشٌ تَصْنَعُ فِي الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ، فَأَجَازَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى أَتَى عَرَفَةَ فَوَجَدَ الْقُبَّةَ قَدْ ضُرِبَتْ لَهُ بِنَمِرَةٍ، فَنَزَلَ بِهَا حَتَّى إِذَا زَاغَتِ الشَّمْسُ أَمَرَ بِالْقَصْوَاءِ فَرُحِلَتْ لَهُ فَرَكِبَ حَتَّى أَتَى بَطْنَ الْوَادِي فَخَطَبَ النَّاسَ فَقَالَ: " إِنَّ دِمَاءَكُمْ وَأَمْوَالَكُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ حَرَامٌ كَحُرْمَةِ يَوْمِكُمْ هَذَا فِي شَهْرِكُمْ هَذَا فِي بَلَدِكُمْ هَذَا، أَلَا إِنَّ كُلَّ شَيْءٍ مِنْ أَمْرِ الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ تَحْتَ قَدَمَيَّ مَوْضُوعٌ، وَدِمَاءُ الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ مَوْضُوعَةٌ، وَأَوَّلُ دَمٍ أَضَعُهُ دِمَاؤُنَا: دَمُ ". قَالَ عُثْمَانُ: دَمُ ابْنُ رَبِيعَةَ " وَقَالَ سُلَيْمَانُ: دَمُ رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، وقَالَ: بَعْضُ هَؤُلَاءِ كَانَ مُسْتَرْضَعًا فِي بَنِي سَعْدٍ فَقَتَلَتْهُ هُذَيْلٌ، وَرِبَا الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ مَوْضُوعٌ، وَأَوَّلُ رِبًا أَضَعُهُ رِبَانَا: رِبَا عَبَّاسِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ فَإِنَّهُ مَوْضُوعٌ كُلُّهُ، اتَّقُوا اللَّهَ فِي النِّسَاءِ، فَإِنَّكُمْ أَخَذْتُمُوهُنَّ بِأَمَانَةِ اللَّهِ، وَاسْتَحْلَلْتُمْ فُرُوجَهُنَّ بِكَلِمَةِ اللَّهِ، وَإِنَّ لَكُمْ عَلَيْهِنَّ أَنْ لَا يُوطِئْنَ فُرُشَكُمْ، أَحَدًا تَكْرَهُونَهُ، فَإِنْ فَعَلْنَ فَاضْرِبُوهُنَّ ضَرْبًا غَيْرَ مُبَرِّحٍ، وَلَهُنَّ عَلَيْكُمْ رِزْقُهُنَّ وَكِسْوَتُهُنَّ بِالْمَعْرُوفِ، وَإِنِّي قَدْ تَرَكْتُ فِيكُمْ مَا لَنْ تَضِلُّوا بَعْدَهُ إِنِ اعْتَصَمْتُمْ بِهِ: كِتَابَ اللَّهِ وَأَنْتُمْ مَسْئُولُونَ عَنِّي، فَمَا أَنْتُمْ قَائِلُونَ " قَالُوا: نَشْهَدُ أَنَّكَ قَدْ بَلَّغْتَ، وَأَدَّيْتَ، وَنَصَحْتَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: بِأُصْبُعِهِ السَّبَّابَةِ يَرْفَعُهَا إِلَى السَّمَاءِ وَيَنْكُبُهَا إِلَى النَّاسِ: «اللَّهُمَّ اشْهَدْ، اللَّهُمَّ اشْهَدْ، اللَّهُمَّ اشْهَدْ»، ثُمَّ أَذَّنَ بِلَالٌ ثُمَّ أَقَامَ فَصَلَّى الظُّهْرَ، ثُمَّ أَقَامَ فَصَلَّى الْعَصْرَ، وَلَمْ يُصَلِّ بَيْنَهُمَا شَيْئًا، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ الْقَصْوَاءَ حَتَّى أَتَى الْمَوْقِفَ فَجَعَلَ بَطْنَ نَاقَتِهِ الْقَصْوَاءِ إِلَى الصَّخَرَاتِ، وَجَعَلَ حَبْلَ الْمُشَاةِ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، فَلَمْ يَزَلْ وَاقِفًا حَتَّى غَرَبَتِ الشَّمْسُ وَذَهَبَتِ الصُّفْرَةُ قَلِيلًا حِينَ غَابَ الْقُرْصُ وَأَرْدَفَ أُسَامَةَ خَلْفَهُ، فَدَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَدْ شَنَقَ لِلْقَصْوَاءِ الزِّمَامَ حَتَّى إِنَّ رَأْسَهَا لَيُصِيبُ مَوْرِكَ رَحْلِهِ، وَهُوَ يَقُولُ بِيَدِهِ الْيُمْنَى «السَّكِينَةَ أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ ، السَّكِينَةَ أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ» كُلَّمَا أَتَى حَبْلًا مِنَ الْحِبَالِ أَرْخَى لَهَا قَلِيلًا حَتَّى تَصْعَدَ، حَتَّى أَتَى الْمُزْدَلِفَةَ فَجَمَعَ بَيْنَ الْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ بِأَذَانٍ وَاحِدٍ وَإِقَامَتَيْنِ، قَالَ عُثْمَانُ: وَلَمْ يُسَبِّحْ بَيْنَهُمَا شَيْئًا، ثُمَّ اتَّفَقُوا ثُمَّ اضْطَجَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى طَلَعَ الْفَجْرُ، فَصَلَّى الْفَجْرَ حِينَ تَبَيَّنَ لَهُ الصُّبْحُ، قَالَ سُلَيْمَانُ: بِنِدَاءٍ وَإِقَامَةٍ، ثُمَّ اتَّفَقُوا، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ الْقَصْوَاءَ حَتَّى أَتَى الْمَشْعَرَ الْحَرَامَ فَرَقِيَ عَلَيْهِ، قَالَ عُثْمَانُ وَسُلَيْمَانُ: فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَكَبَّرَهُ وَهَلَّلَهُ، زَادَ عُثْمَانُ وَوَحَّدَهُ فَلَمْ يَزَلْ وَاقِفًا حَتَّى أَسْفَرَ جِدًّا، ثُمَّ دَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَبْلَ أَنْ تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ وَأَرْدَفَ الْفَضْلَ بْنَ عَبَّاسٍ وَكَانَ رَجُلًا حَسَنَ الشَّعْرِ أَبْيَضَ وَسِيمًا، فَلَمَّا دَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ الظُّعُنُ يَجْرِينَ، فَطَفِقَ الْفَضْلُ يَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهِنَّ فَوَضَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدَهُ عَلَى وَجْهِ الْفَضْلِ، وَصَرَفَ الْفَضْلُ وَجْهَهُ إِلَى الشِّقِّ الْآخَرِ، وَحَوَّلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدَهُ إِلَى الشِّقِّ الْآخَرِ، وَصَرَفَ الْفَضْلُ وَجْهَهُ إِلَى الشِّقِّ الْآخَرِ يَنْظُرُ حَتَّى أَتَى مُحَسِّرًا، فَحَرَّكَ قَلِيلًا، ثُمَّ سَلَكَ الطَّرِيقَ الْوُسْطَى الَّذِي يُخْرِجُكَ إِلَى الْجَمْرَةِ الْكُبْرَى، حَتَّى أَتَى الْجَمْرَةَ الَّتِي عِنْدَ الشَّجَرَةِ فَرَمَاهَا بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ يُكَبِّرُ مَعَ كُلِّ حَصَاةٍ مِنْهَا بِمِثْلِ حَصَى الْخَذْفِ فَرَمَى مِنْ بَطْنِ الْوَادِي، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الْمَنْحَرِ فَنَحَرَ بِيَدِهِ ثَلَاثًا وَسِتِّينَ، وَأَمَرَ عَلِيًّا فَنَحَرَ مَا غَبَرَ يَقُولُ: مَا بَقِيَ، وَأَشْرَكَهُ فِي هَدْيِهِ، ثُمَّ أَمَرَ مِنْ كُلِّ بَدَنَةٍ بِبَضْعَةٍ فَجُعِلَتْ فِي قِدْرٍ فَطُبِخَتْ فَأَكَلَا مِنْ لَحْمِهَا وَشَرِبَا، مِنْ مَرَقِهَا قَالَ سُلَيْمَانُ: ثُمَّ رَكِبَ، ثُمَّ أَفَاضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الْبَيْتِ فَصَلَّى بِمَكَّةَ الظُّهْرَ، ثُمَّ أَتَى بَنِي عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ وَهُمْ يَسْقُونَ عَلَى زَمْزَمَ فَقَالَ: «انْزِعُوا بَنِي عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، فَلَوْلَا أَنْ يَغْلِبَكُمُ النَّاسُ عَلَى سِقَايَتِكُمْ لَنَزَعْتُ مَعَكُمْ»، فَنَاوَلُوهُ دَلْوًا فَشَرِبَ مِنْهُ

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:125.

2 [2] This interjection is from some of the narrators regarding the precision of the wording.

3 [3] Al-Ikhlas (112).

4 [4] Al-Kafirun (109).

5 [5] Al-Baqarah 2:158.

1 [1] Made of camel skin still containing its fur.

1 [1] Meaning, flicked or thrown with the finger tips only. It is a description of the size of the pebbles, that they are like those used for such action, and they say that means it is about the size of a chick-pea or something similar in size.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1905

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1905

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1906

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albani(حديث محمد بن علي) صحيح، م عن جابر وهو الصواب وهو الذي قبله (١٩٠٥) ، (قول أبي داود: هذا الحديث عن جابر ... ) ضعيفAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: يعني بالمزدلفة، وإسناده معلق ضعيف؛ الجعفي هذا لا يعرف، وقوله: وإقامة منكر، والمحفوظ بلفظ: وإقامتين؛ كما رواه مسلم والمؤلف عن حاتم ابن إسماعيل في حديثه الطويل عن جابر، وهو في الكتاب الآخر (١٦٦٣))
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1906. Ja'far bin Muḥammad narrated from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhr and Aṣr at 'Arafah, with one Adhān and two Iqāmahs, and he did not pray any voluntary prayers between them. And he prayed Maghrib and 'Ishā' at Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah) with one Adhān and two Iqāmahs, and he did not pray any voluntary prayers between them.” (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth was narrated (with a complete chain) by Hātim bin Ismā'il in the long Hadīth.[1] Muḥammad bin 'Alī Al-Ju'fā'i's chain of narration was in accord with Hātim bin Ismā'il's — (being) “From Ja'far, from his father, from Jābir.” But he said: “So he prayed Maghrib and 'Atamah' (Ishā) with one Adhān and Iqāmah.” (Abū Dāwūd said: Aḥmad said to me: 'Hātim has made a mistake in this long Hadīth.)[2]

Arabic text

1906 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ بِلَالٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ الثَّقَفِيُّ، الْمَعْنَى وَاحِدٌ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ وَالْعَصْرَ بِأَذَانٍ وَاحِدٍ بِعَرَفَةَ، وَلَمْ يُسَبِّحْ بَيْنَهُمَا وَإِقَامَتَيْنِ وَصَلَّى الْمَغْرِبَ وَالْعِشَاءَ بِجَمْعٍ بِأَذَانٍ وَاحِدٍ، وَإِقَامَتَيْنِ وَلَمْ يُسَبِّحْ بَيْنَهُمَا». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ أَسْنَدَهُ حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ فِي الْحَدِيثِ الطَّوِيلِ، وَوَافَقَ حَاتِمَ بْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ عَلَى إِسْنَادِهِ، مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجُعْفِيُّ، عَنْ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ إِلَّا أَنَّهُ قَالَ: فَصَلَّى الْمَغْرِبَ وَالْعَتَمَةَ بِأَذَانٍ وَإِقَامَةٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1906

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1906

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1907

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1907. (Another chain) from Ja'far, that his father narrated to him, from Jābir, who said: “Then the Prophet ﷺ said: 'I have sacrificed in this location, but all of Minā is (an acceptable) place for sacrificing.' And he stood at 'Arafah and said: 'I have stood here, and all of 'Arafah is a standing-place.' And he stood at Al-Muzdalifah, and said: 'I have stood here, and all of Al-Muzdalifah is a standing place.'” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1907 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قَدْ نَحَرْتُ هَا هُنَا وَمِنًى كُلُّهَا مَنْحَرٌ» وَوَقَفَ بِعَرَفَةَ فَقَالَ: «قَدْ وَقَفْتُ هَا هُنَا وَعَرَفَةُ كُلُّهَا مَوْقِفٌ» وَوَقَفَ بِالْمُزْدَلِفَةِ فَقَالَ: «قَدْ وَقَفْتُ هَا هُنَا وَمُزْدَلِفَةُ كُلُّهَا مَوْقِفٌ».

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, no. 1905. While this one is Mursal in its chain.

2 [2] The meaning is as if he held the view that the Mursal version was the real version. This addition is only in some of the manuscripts, and Aḥmad narrated the next narration, and from the connected chain that Hātim narrated, and Aḥmad also used this upcoming version of it.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1907

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1907

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1908

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1908. (Another chain) from Ja'far, with his chain (similar to no. 1906); he added: "So sacrifice in your camping area." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1908 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرٍ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ زَادَ «فَانْحَرُوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1908

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1908

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1909

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1909. (Another chain) from Ja'far, that his father narrated to him from Jābir. He mentioned this Hadīth, and at the location of the mention of Allāh's saying: "And take the Station of Ibrāhīm a place of prayer."[1] he inserted the following: "He said: 'So he recited in the two of them with At-Tawhīd and: 'Say: O you who disbelieve.'[2] And he said in it: "While 'Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him, was in Al-Kūfah, he said" — and my father said this (previous) statement was not mentioned by Jābir[3] — "So I went complaining" and he mentioned the incident with Fāṭimah, may Allāh be pleased with her. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1909 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ، عَنْ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، فَذَكَرَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ وَأَدْرَجَ فِي الْحَدِيثِ عِنْدَ قَوْلِهِ {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى} [البقرة: 125]، قَالَ: فَقَرَأَ فِيهِمَا بِالتَّوْحِيدِ وَقُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ وَقَالَ فِيهِ: قَالَ عَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ بِالْكُوفَةِ، قَالَ أَبِي: هَذَا الْحَرْفُ لَمْ يَذْكُرْهُ جَابِرٌ: فَذَهَبْتُ مُحَرِّشًا، وَذَكَرَ قِصَّةَ فَاطِمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1909

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1909

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

Standing At 'Arafah

Hadith 1910

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1910. 'Aīshah narrated: "The Quraish and those that followed their religion would stop (and camp) at Al-Muzdalifah, and they were known as "Al-Hums."[1] And the rest of the Arabs would encamp at 'Arafah. So when Islam came, Allāh, the Most High, commanded His Prophet to go to 'Arafāt and camp there, and then to depart from it, and that is the meaning of the Verse: "Then depart from the place whence all the people depart...."[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1910 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادٌ، عَنْ أَبِي مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَتْ قُرَيْشٌ وَمَنْ دَانَ دِينَهَا يَقِفُونَ بِالْمُزْدَلِفَةِ وَكَانُوا يُسَمَّوْنَ الْحُمُسَ وَكَانَ سَائِرُ الْعَرَبِ يَقِفُونَ بِعَرَفَةَ قَالَتْ: فَلَمَّا جَاءَ الْإِسْلَامُ أَمَرَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى نَبِيَّهُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَأْتِيَ عَرَفَاتٍ فَيَقِفَ بِهَا، ثُمَّ يُفِيضُ مِنْهَا فَذَلِكَ قَوْلُهُ تَعَالَى {ثُمَّ أَفِيضُوا مِنْ حَيْثُ أَفَاضَ النَّاسُ} [البقرة: 199]

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:125.

2 [2] Al-Kāfirūn (109).

3 [3] Meaning, that Muḥammad bin 'Ali, the father of Ja'far, told him that this part of the saying of 'Ali was not told to him by Jābir.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1910

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1910

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

Leaving For Minā

Hadith 1911

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1911. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed Zuhr on the Day of Tarwiyah (the eighth of Dhūl-Hijjah) and Fajr on the Day of 'Arafah, at Mina." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1911 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَحْوَصُ بْنُ جَوَّابٍ الضَّبِّىُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمَّارُ بْنُ رُزَيْقٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ مِقْسَمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ يَوْمَ التَّرْوِيَةِ وَالْفَجْرَ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ بِمِنًى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1911

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1911

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1912

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1912. 'Abdul-'Azīz bin Rufaī said that he asked Anas bin Mālik: "Inform me about something which you remember from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ: Where did he pray Zuhr on the Day of Tarwiyah?" He replied: "At Minā." So he asked: "And where did he pray Aṣr the [1] Meaning "the zealots" or courageous or brave or meanings similar to that. [2] Al-Baqarah 2:199. Day of Departure (the thirteenth of Dhūl-Hijjah)?” He replied: “At Al-Abṭaḥ,” and then added: “Do as your leaders do.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1912 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ الْأَزْرَقُ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ رَفِيعٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْت أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، قُلْتُ: أَخْبِرْنِي بِشَيْءٍ عَقَلْتَهُ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَيْنَ صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ يَوْمَ التَّرْوِيَةِ، فَقَالَ: «بِمِنًى» قُلْتُ: فَأَيْنَ صَلَّى الْعَصْرَ يَوْمَ النَّفْرِ؟، قَالَ: «بِالْأَبْطَحِ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «افْعَلْ كَمَا يَفْعَلُ أُمَرَاؤُكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1912

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1912

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

Leaving (Minā)For 'Arafah

Hadith 1913

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1913. Ibn 'Umar narrated: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ departed from Minā after he had prayed Subḥ the morning of the Day of 'Arafah. When he came to 'Arafah, he camped at Namirah — and this is the place that the Imām (leaders) camp. When the time for Zuḥr had come, he left at the middle of the day[1] and then combined between Zuḥr and 'Aṣr. Then he delivered a sermon to the people, and then left to stand at the standing place in 'Arafah.”

Arabic text

1913 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنِ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «غَدَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ مِنًى حِينَ صَلَّى الصُّبْحَ صَبِيحَةَ يَوْمِ عَرَفَةَ حَتَّى أَتَى عَرَفَةَ فَنَزَلَ بِنَمِرَةَ، وَهِيَ مَنْزِلُ الْإِمَامِ الَّذِي يَنْزِلُ بِهِ بِعَرَفَةَ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ صَلَاةِ الظُّهْرِ رَاحَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُهَجِّرًا فَجَمَعَ بَيْنَ الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ، ثُمَّ خَطَبَ النَّاسَ، ثُمَّ رَاحَ فَوَقَفَ عَلَى الْمَوْقِفِ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1913

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1913

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

Entering 'Arafah

Hadith 1914

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1914. Sa'eed bin Hassān narrated that when Al-Hajjāj had killed Ibn Az-Zubair, he sent for Ibn 'Umar and asked him: “What hour did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ leave (for 'Arafah) on this day?” He replied: “When it was that time, we left.” When Ibn 'Umar desired to depart, they said: “The sun has not started its descent.” So he (continued to) ask: "Has it started to descend?" and they replied: "Not yet." When they finally said: "It has started its descent," he departed (for 'Arafah)."(Da'if)

Arabic text

1914 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا نَافِعُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: لَمَّا أَنْ قَتَلَ الْحَجَّاجُ ابْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ، أَرْسَلَ إِلَى ابْنِ عُمَرَ أَيَّةُ سَاعَةٍ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرُوحُ فِي هَذَا الْيَوْمِ قَالَ: «إِذَا كَانَ ذَلِكَ رُحْنَا» فَلَمَّا أَرَادَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ أَنْ يَرُوحَ، قَالُوا: لَمْ تَزِغِ الشَّمْسُ، قَالَ: «أَزَاغَتْ»، قَالُوا: لَمْ تَزِغْ أَوْ زَاغَتْ، قَالَ: " فَلَمَّا قَالُوا: قَدْ زَاغَتْ ارْتَحَلَ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Muhajirah from Tahjir meaning in the middle of the daytime when it is still hot.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1914

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1914

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

Delivering The Sermon On A Minbar At 'Arafah

Hadith 1915

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1915. Zaid bin Aslam narrated from a person from the tribe of Banū Damrah, that his father, or uncle, saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ upon a Minbar on the Day of 'Arafah.(Da'if)

Arabic text

1915 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، مِنْ بَنِي ضَمْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَوْ عَمِّهِ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ بِعَرَفَةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1915

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1915

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1916

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1916. It was reported from Nubait that he saw the Prophet ﷺ standing at 'Arafah upon a red camel, delivering a sermon.(Da'if)

Arabic text

1916 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ نُبَيْطٍ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، مِنَ الْحَيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ نُبَيْطٍ، أَنَّهُ «رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَاقِفًا بِعَرَفَةَ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ أَحْمَرَ يَخْطُبُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1916

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1916

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1917

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1917. It was reported from Al-Addā' bin Khālid bin Hawdhah — Hannād (one of the narrators' chain had it) "Khālid bin Al-Addā' bin Hawdhah: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ delivering a sermon to the people on the Day of 'Arafah. He was standing on the stirrups of his camel." (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: Ibn Al-'Alā' reported it from Waki', just as Hannād did.[1]

Arabic text

1917 - حَدَّثَنَا هنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَجِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي الْعَدَّاءُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ هَوْذَةَ - قَالَ: هَنَّادٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَجِيدِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو - قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي خَالِدُ بْنُ الْعَدَّاءِ بْنِ هَوْذَةَ - قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ النَّاسَ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ قَائِمٌ فِي الرِّكَابَيْنِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ ابْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ وَكِيعٍ كَمَا قَالَ: هَنَّادٌ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1917

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1917

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1918

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1918. (Another chain) from Al-'Adhā' bin Khālid with its meaning. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1918 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّاسُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَظِيمِ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَجِيدِ أَبُو عَمْرٍو، عَنِ الْعَدَّاءِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ بِمَعْنَاهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1918

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1918

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

The Place Of Standing At 'Arafah

Hadith 1919

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1919. Yazīd bin Shaībān narrated: "Ibn Mirba' Al-Anšārī came to us, and we were at 'Arafah" — at a place that was far from the Imām according to 'Amr (one of the narrators) — ("Ibn Mirba') said: 'I am the messenger of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to you. He tells you: 'Camp at your places of worship, for you are upon a legacy of the legacies of your father Ibrāhīm.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1919 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُفَيْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو يَعْنِي ابْنَ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ صَفْوَانَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، قَالَ: أَتَانَا ابْنُ مِرْبَعٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ وَنَحْنُ بِعَرَفَةَ فِي مَكَانٍ يُبَاعِدُهُ عَمْرُو عَنِ الْإِمَامِ فَقَالَ: أَمَا إِنِّي رَسُولُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَيْكُمْ يَقُولُ لَكُمْ: «قِفُوا عَلَى مَشَاعِرِكُمْ، فَإِنَّكُمْ عَلَى إِرْثٍ مِنْ إِرْثِ أَبِيكُمْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Indicating that there is another chain similar to that which he heard from Hannād, while he has narrated it here from him, and others, but with discrepancies in the chain.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1919

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1919

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

Departing From 'Arafah

Hadith 1920

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1920. It was reported from Ibn 'Abbās, that he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ departed from 'Arafah in a peaceful (and unhurried) manner, having placed Usāmah behind him, and he said: 'O people! Be gentle, for piety is not achieved by aggravating the horses and camels.' So I did not see them (the animals) raising their legs in haste until reaching Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah)." — Wahb (one of the narrators) added: "Then he placed Al-Faḍl bin 'Abbās behind him. And he said: 'O people! Piety is not achieved by aggravating the horses and camels, so be gentle.'" He said: "So I did not see them (the animals) raising their legs in haste until reaching Minā." (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

1920 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ بَيَانٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبِيدَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ الْأَعْمَشُ الْمَعْنَى، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ مِقْسَمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: أَفَاضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ وَعَلَيْهِ السَّكِينَةُ وَرَدِيفُهُ أُسَامَةُ، وَقَالَ: «أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، عَلَيْكُمْ بِالسَّكِينَةِ، فَإِنَّ الْبِرَّ لَيْسَ بِإِيجَافِ الْخَيْلِ وَالْإِبِلِ» قَالَ: فَمَا رَأَيْتُهَا رَافِعَةً يَدَيْهَا عَادِيَةً حَتَّى أَتَى جَمْعًا، زَادَ وَهْبٌ ثُمَّ أَرْدَفَ الْفَضْلَ بْنَ الْعَبَّاسِ، وَقَالَ: «أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنَّ الْبِرَّ لَيْسَ بِإِيجَافِ الْخَيْلِ وَالْإِبِلِ فَعَلَيْكُمْ بِالسَّكِينَةِ» قَالَ: فَمَا رَأَيْتُهَا رَافِعَةً يَدَيْهَا حَتَّى أَتَى مِنًى

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1920

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1920

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1921

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1921. Kuraib asked Usāmah bin Zaid: "Inform me what you did the evening that you rode (on the mount) with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?" He replied: "We came to the pass in which the people camp in to spend the night, and the

Arabic text

1921 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، وَهَذَا لَفْظُ حَدِيثِ زُهَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، أَخْبَرَنِي كُرَيْبٌ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ أُسَامَةَ بْنَ زَيْدٍ، قُلْتُ: أَخْبِرْنِي كَيْفَ فَعَلْتُمْ أَوْ صَنَعْتُمْ عَشِيَّةَ رَدِفْتَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: جِئْنَا الشِّعْبَ الَّذِي يُنِيخُ النَّاسُ فِيهِ لِلْمُعَرَّسِ فَأَنَاخَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَاقَتَهُ، ثُمَّ بَالَ، وَمَا قَالَ: زُهَيْرٌ أَهْرَاقَ الْمَاءَ، ثُمَّ دَعَا بِالْوَضُوءِ فَتَوَضَّأَ وُضُوءًا لَيْسَ بِالْبَالِغِ جِدًّا، قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، الصَّلَاةُ، قَالَ: «الصَّلَاةُ أَمَامَكَ» قَالَ: فَرَكِبَ حَتَّى قَدِمْنَا الْمُزْدَلِفَةَ فَأَقَامَ الْمَغْرِبَ، ثُمَّ أَنَاخَ النَّاسُ فِي مَنَازِلِهِمْ وَلَمْ يَحِلُّوا، حَتَّى أَقَامَ الْعِشَاءَ، وَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ حَلَّ النَّاسُ، زَادَ مُحَمَّدٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ قَالَ: قُلْتُ: كَيْفَ فَعَلْتُمْ حِينَ أَصْبَحْتُمْ؟ قَالَ: رَدِفَهُ الْفَضْلُ وَانْطَلَقْتُ أَنَا فِي سُبَّاقِ قُرَيْشٍ عَلَى رِجْلَيَّ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1921

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1921

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1922

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniحسن دون قوله: "لا يلتفت" والمحفوظ: "يلتفت" وصححه الترمذيAl-AlbaniHasan chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1922. It was reported from 'Alī, that he said: "Then he took Usāmah as his riding partner, and started riding at a moderate pace upon his camel. The people were hitting their camels left and right, [1] See no. 1925. but he would not turn to them, and said: 'Peacefully, O people.' And he left ('Arafah) when sun had set." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1922 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ أَرْدَفَ أُسَامَةَ فَجَعَلَ يُعْنِقُ عَلَى نَاقَتِهِ وَالنَّاسُ يَضْرِبُونَ الْإِبِلَ يَمِينًا، وَشِمَالًا، لَا يَلْتَفِتُ إِلَيْهِمْ وَيَقُولُ: «السَّكِينَةَ أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ» وَدَفَعَ حِينَ غَابَتِ الشَّمْسُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1922

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1922

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1923

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1923. It was reported from Hishām bin 'Urwah, from his father, that he said: "Usāmah was asked — while I was with him — 'How did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ ride during his Farewell Pilgrimage when he left ('Arafah)?' He replied: 'He would ride at a moderate pace, but if he found an empty gap, he would quicken his pace.'" (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1923 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: سُئِلَ أُسَامَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ وَأَنَا جَالِسٌ، كَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسِيرُ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ حِينَ دَفَعَ؟، قَالَ: «كَانَ يَسِيرُ الْعَنَقَ فَإِذَا وَجَدَ فَجْوَةً نَصَّ». قَالَ هِشَامٌ: النَّصُّ فَوْقَ الْعَنَقِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1923

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1923

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1924

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1924. It was reported from Kuraib, the freed slave of Ibn 'Abbās, from Usāmah, who said: "I was the riding partner of the Prophet ﷺ. Once the sun had set, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ departed." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1924 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنِ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، مَوْلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ، قَالَ: «كُنْتُ رِدْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَمَّا وَقَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ دَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1924

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1924

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1925

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1925. (A) (Another chain) from Kuraib, the freed slave of Ibn 'Abbās, that he heard Usāmah bin Zaid saying: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ departed from 'Arafah until he reached a pass, where he urinated and performed Wudū, without Yusbigh for the Wudū.[1] I said to him: The prayer! He replied: 'The (place to) pray is in front of you.' He then rode on to Al-Muzdalifah, and then descended and performed Wudū so he Isbagh Al-Wudū.[2] The Iqāmah was called, and he prayed Maghrib. Then each person took his camel to its resting place, and the Iqāmah for 'Ishā' was called, so he prayed it, and did not pray anything between (the Maghrib and 'Ishā'). (Sahih) 1925. (B) It was reported from 'Urwah, that he heard Ash-Sharīd, may Allāh be pleased with him, saying: 'I departed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ; his feet did not touch the ground until he reached Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah).'' (Hasan)

Arabic text

1925 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، مَوْلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَهُ يَقُولُ: دَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ بِالشِّعْبِ، نَزَلَ فَبَالَ فَتَوَضَّأَ، وَلَمْ يُسْبِغِ الْوُضُوءَ، قُلْتُ لَهُ: الصَّلَاةُ، فَقَالَ: «الصَّلَاةُ أَمَامَكَ» فَرَكِبَ فَلَمَّا جَاءَ الْمُزْدَلِفَةَ نَزَلَ فَتَوَضَّأَ فَأَسْبَغَ الْوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ فَصَلَّى الْمَغْرِبَ، ثُمَّ أَنَاخَ كُلُّ إِنْسَانٍ بَعِيرَهُ فِي مَنْزِلِهِ، ثُمَّ أُقِيمَتِ الْعِشَاءُ فَصَلَّاهَا، وَلَمْ يُصَلِّ بَيْنَهُمَا شَيْئًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1925

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1925

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

Ṣalāt At Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah)

Hadith 1926

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1926. It was reported from Mālik, from Ibn Shihāb (Az-Zuhri), from Sālim bin Abdullāh bin 'Umar, from 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ combined between Maghrib and Ishā' at Al-Muzdalifah. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1926 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى الْمَغْرِبَ وَالْعِشَاءَ بِالْمُزْدَلِفَةِ جَمِيعًا».

Footnotes

1 [1] Indicating something similar to the narration mentioned earlier, that he did not do it in the utmost form.

2 [2] Did it in a complete manner, with this and the earlier version, the indication is that perhaps he did not perform a complete Wudū after urinating, and Allah knows best.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1926

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1926

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1927

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albani(رواية الزهري) **، (رواية وكيع) صحيحAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1927. It was reported from Ḥammād bin Khālid, from Ibn Abī Dhi'b from (Ibn Shihāb) Az-Zuhri, with his chain and its meaning. He said: "With an Iqāmah, and then an Iqāmah, combining between them." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Aḥmad said: "Waki' said: 'He prayed every prayer with an Iqāmah.'"[1]

Arabic text

1927 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَمَعْنَاهُ وَقَالَ: بِإِقَامَةٍ إِقَامَةِ جَمْعٍ بَيْنَهُمَا، قَالَ أَحْمَدُ، قَالَ وَكِيعٌ صَلَّى كُلَّ صَلَاةٍ بِإِقَامَةٍ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1927

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1927

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1928

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniصحيح خ دون قوله: "لم يناد" وهو الصوابAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1928. It was reported from 'Uthmān bin 'Umar, from Ibn Abī Dhi'b, from Az-Zuhri, with the chain of Ibn Ḥanbal from Ḥammād, and its meaning. He said: "With one Iqāmah for every prayer. And he did not call (the Adhān) for the first, nor did he pray any voluntary prayer after either of them." Mukhlad (one of the narrators) said: "He did not call (the Adhān) for even one of them." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1928 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ، ح، وحَدَّثَنَا مَخْلَدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْمَعْنَى، أَخْبَرَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، بِإِسْنَادِ ابْنِ حَنْبَلٍ، عَنْ حَمَّادٍ، وَمَعْنَاهُ قَالَ: بِإِقَامَةٍ وَاحِدَةٍ لِكُلِّ صَلَاةٍ وَلَمْ يُنَادِ فِي الْأُولَى، وَلَمْ يُسَبِّحْ عَلَى إِثْرِ وَاحِدَةٍ مِنْهُمَا، قَالَ مَخْلَدٌ: لَمْ يُنَادِ فِي وَاحِدَةٍ مِنْهُمَا

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, Ahmad, who also reported this Hādīth to Abū Dāwūd, explained that in another version which Waki' reported, this is what he said.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1928

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1928

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1929

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح بزيادة: "لكل صلاة" كما في الذي قبله (١٩٢٨)Al-Albani(قلت: إسناده مقبول؛ لكن قوله: بإقامة واحدة .. شاذ، والمحفوظ بزيادة: لكل صلاة .. كما في الرواية التي قبلها)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1929. 'Abdullāh bin Mālik: "I prayed Maghrib with Ibn 'Umar as three and 'Ishā' as two Rak'ahs. Mālik bin Al-Hārith said to him: 'What prayer is this?' He replied: 'I prayed them with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in this place with one Iqāmah.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1929 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ الْمَغْرِبَ ثَلَاثًا، وَالْعِشَاءَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: مَالِكُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ مَا هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةُ؟ قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُهُمَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي هَذَا الْمَكَانِ، بِإِقَامَةٍ وَاحِدَةٍ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1929

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1929

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1930

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: يعني: الذي قبله؛ وقد عرفت ما فيه من الشذوذ)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1930. Sa'eed bin Jubair and 'Abdullāh bin Mālik both narrated: "We prayed Maghrib and 'Ishā' with Ibn 'Umar at Al-Muzdalifah with one Iqāmah..." and he mentioned the meaning of the narration of Ibn Kathīr (one of the narrators who narrated the previous version). (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1930 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ يُوسُفَ، عَنْ شَرِيكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَا: صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، بِالْمُزْدَلِفَةِ الْمَغْرِبَ وَالْعِشَاءَ بِإِقَامَةٍ وَاحِدَةٍ، فَذَكَرَ مَعْنَى حَدِيثِ ابْنِ كَثِيرٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1930

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1930

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1931

DarussalamSahihAl-Albaniصحيح، لكن قوله: "بإقامة واحدة" شاذ إلا أن يزاد "لكل صلاة" كما تقدمAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1931. It was reported from Sa'eed bin Jubair that he said: "We departed (from 'Arafah) with Ibn 'Umar. When we reached Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah), he led us in Maghrib and 'Ishā' with one Iqāmah: Three, and then two (Rak'ahs). When we had finished, Ibn 'Umar said to us: 'This is how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led us in prayer, at this very place.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1931 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، قَالَ: أَفَضْنَا مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ فَلَمَّا بَلَغْنَا جَمْعًا «صَلَّى بِنَا الْمَغْرِبَ وَالْعِشَاءَ بِإِقَامَةٍ وَاحِدَةٍ ثَلَاثًا، وَاثْنَتَيْنِ» فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ لَنَا ابْنُ عُمَرَ: هَكَذَا صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي هَذَا الْمَكَانِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1931

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1931

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1932

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1932. Salamah bin Kuhail narrated: “I saw Sa’eed bin Jubair pray at Jam’ (Al-Muzdalifah) — he prayed Maghrib three, and prayed Ishā two Rak’ahs. Then he said: ‘I saw Ibn ‘Umar do as I did in this place, and he (Ibn ‘Umar) said: “I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ do as I did in this place.”’ (Sahih)

Arabic text

1932 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنِي سَلَمَةُ بْنُ كُهَيْلٍ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ سَعِيدَ بْنَ جُبَيْرٍ، أَقَامَ بِجَمْعٍ فَصَلَّى الْمَغْرِبَ ثَلَاثًا، ثُمَّ صَلَّى الْعِشَاءَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: شَهِدْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ صَنَعَ فِي هَذَا الْمَكَانِ مِثْلَ هَذَا، وَقَالَ: «شَهِدْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَنَعَ مِثْلَ هَذَا فِي هَذَا الْمَكَانِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1932

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1932

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1933

DarussalamSahihAl-Albaniصحيح، لكن قوله: "فقال: الصلاة" شاذ والمحفوظ: "فأقام" كما في الحديثين (١٩٢٧ و ١٩٢٨)Al-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1933. Ash’ath bin Sulaim narrated from his father that he said: “I came with Ibn ‘Umar from ‘Arafāt to Al-Muzdalifah. He would never tire from saying the Takbir and Tahlil, until we reached Al-Muzdalifah. He then called the Adhān and Iqāmah, or commanded someone to do so, and led us in Maghrib, praying three Rak’ahs. Then he turned to us and said: ‘The prayer,’ and then led us in Ishā, praying two Rak’ahs. He then called for his dinner.” He (Ash’ath) said: “Ilāj bin ‘Amr informed me with the like of my father’s narration from Ibn ‘Umar, so Ibn ‘Umar was questioned about that, to which he replied: ‘I prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in this fashion.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1933 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَشْعَثُ بْنُ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: أَقْبَلْتُ مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ مِنْ عَرَفَاتٍ إِلَى الْمُزْدَلِفَةِ فَلَمْ يَكُنْ يَفْتُرُ، مِنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالتَّهْلِيلِ، حَتَّى أَتَيْنَا الْمُزْدَلِفَةَ فَأَذَّنَ وَأَقَامَ، أَوْ أَمَرَ إِنْسَانًا فَأَذَّنَ وَأَقَامَ فَصَلَّى بِنَا الْمَغْرِبَ ثَلَاثَ رَكَعَاتٍ، ثُمَّ الْتَفَتَ إِلَيْنَا، فَقَالَ: «الصَّلَاةُ» فَصَلَّى بِنَا الْعِشَاءَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ ، ثُمَّ دَعَا بِعَشَائِهِ. قَالَ: وَأَخْبَرَنِي عِلَاجُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو بِمِثْلِ حَدِيثِ أَبِي، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: فَقِيلَ لِابْنِ عُمَرَ فِي ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ هَكَذَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1933

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1933

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1934

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1934. It was reported from Ibn Mas’ud, that he said: “I never saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray a prayer except at its proper time, except at Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah), for he combined between Maghrib and Ishā' at Jam', and the following morning he prayed Subh before its (usual) time.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1934 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ الْوَاحِدِ بْنَ زَيَادٍ، وَأَبَا عَوَانَةَ، وَأَبَا مُعَاوِيَةَ، حَدَّثُوهُمْ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عِمَارَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: «مَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى صَلَاةً إِلَّا لِوَقْتِهَا إِلَّا بِجَمْعٍ، فَإِنَّهُ جَمَعَ بَيْنَ الْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ بِجَمْعٍ، وَصَلَّى صَلَاةَ الصُّبْحِ مِنَ الْغَدِ قَبْلَ وَقْتِهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1934

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1934

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1935

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1935. ‘Ali narrated: “In the morning, the Prophet ﷺ stood at Quzāh and said: ‘This is Quzāh, and it is the standing place, and all of Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah) is a standing place. And I have sacrificed here, and all of Minā is a place of sacrifice, so sacrifice in your camp-grounds.’” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1935 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: فَلَمَّا أَصْبَحَ يَعْنِي النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَوَقَفَ عَلَى قُزَحَ فَقَالَ: «هَذَا قُزَحُ وَهُوَ الْمَوْقِفُ، وَجَمْعٌ كُلُّهَا مَوْقِفٌ، وَنَحَرْتُ هَا هُنَا، وَمِنًى كُلُّهَا مَنْحَرٌ، فَانْحَرُوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1935

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1935

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1936

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1936. It was reported from Hāfs bin Ghiyāth, from Ja'far bin Muḥammad, from his father, from Jābir, that the Prophet ﷺ said: “I have stood here at ‘Arafāt, but all of ‘Arafāt is a place of standing. And I have stood here at Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah), and all of Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah) is a place of standing. And I have sacrificed here, but all of Mina is a place of sacrifice, so sacrifice in your camp-grounds.”(Sahih)

Arabic text

1936 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «وَقَفْتُ هَا هُنَا بِعَرَفَةَ وَعَرَفَةُ كُلُّهَا مَوْقِفٌ، وَوَقَفْتُ هَا هُنَا بِجَمْعٍ وَجَمْعٌ كُلُّهَا مَوْقِفٌ، وَنَحَرْتُ هَا هُنَا، وَمِنًى كُلُّهَا مَنْحَرٌ فَانْحَرُوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1936

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1936

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1937

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1937. It was reported from ‘Āṭā’, that Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh narrated to him: “All of ‘Arafāt is a place of standing, and all of Minā is a place of sacrifice, and all of Al-Muzdalifah is a place of standing. And every pass in Makkah is a road and a place of sacrifice.”(Hasan)

Arabic text

1937 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: « كُلُّ عَرَفَةَ مَوْقِفٌ، وَكُلُّ مِنًى مَنْحَرٌ، وَكُلُّ الْمُزْدَلِفَةِ مَوْقِفٌ، وَكُلُّ فِجَاجِ مَكَّةَ طَرِيقٌ وَمَنْحَرٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1937

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1937

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1938

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1938. ‘Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb said: “The people during the times of Jahiliyyah would not depart (from Al-Muzdalifah) until they saw the sun over (the mountain of) Ṭhabīr. But the Prophet ﷺ differed from them and left before the sun rose.”(Sahih)

Arabic text

1938 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ: كَانَ أَهْلُ الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ لَا يُفِيضُونَ حَتَّى يَرَوُا الشَّمْسَ عَلَى ثَبِيرٍ، فَخَالَفَهُمُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «فَدَفَعَ قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ الشَّمْسِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1938

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1938

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

Leaving Early From Jam’ (Al-Muzdalifah)

Hadith 1939

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1939. It was reported from ‘Ubaidullāh bin Abī Yazīd, who narrated that he heard Ibn ‘Abbās saying: “I was among those whom the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent earlier the night of Al-Muzdalifah, among the weak members of his family.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1939 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، أَخْبَرَنِي عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي يَزِيدَ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، يَقُولُ «أَنَا مِمَّنْ قَدَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةَ الْمُزْدَلِفَةِ فِي ضَعْفَةِ أَهْلِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1939

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1939

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1940

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1940. It was reported from Salamah bin Kuhail, from Al-Ḥasan Al-‘Urani, from Ibn ‘Abbās who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent us — the young lads of Banū ‘Abdul-Muṭṭalib — on the night of Al-Muzdalifah, before others. We were upon some donkeys. He began to pat our thighs, and say: ‘O young children! Do not pelt the Jamrah until the sun rises.’” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1940 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سَلَمَةُ بْنُ كُهَيْلٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ الْعُرَنِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَدَّمَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةَ الْمُزْدَلِفَةِ أُغَيْلِمَةَ بَنِي عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، عَلَى حُمُرَاتٍ فَجَعَلَ يَلْطَخُ أَفْخَاذَنَا، وَيَقُولُ: «أُبَيْنِيَّ لَا تَرْمُوا الْجَمْرَةَ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " اللَّطْخُ: الضَّرْبُ اللَّيِّنُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1940

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1940

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1941

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1941. It was reported from ‘Aṭā’, from Ibn ‘Abbās, who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would send forth the weak of his family members during the darkness of the night, and he would command them — meaning — not to pelt the Jamrah until sunrise.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1941 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمْزَةُ الزَّيَّاتُ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُقَدِّمُ ضُعَفَاءَ أَهْلِهِ بِغَلَسٍ، وَيَأْمُرُهُمْ يَعْنِي لَا يَرْمُونَ الْجَمْرَةَ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1941

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1941

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1942

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده فيه ضمعف، الضحاك فيه لين، وخالفه جمع من الثقات فأرسلوه، وقال ابن القيم: " حديث منكر، أنكره الإمام أحمد وغيره ". وأعله الطحاوي وابن التركماني بالاضطراب في إسناده ومتنه)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1942. It was reported from 'Aishah, may Allāh be pleased with her, that she said: "The Prophet ﷺ sent Umm Salamah the night before the Day of Sacrifice, and she pelted the Jamrah before Fajr, then she continued (to Makkah) to perform the Ifādah (Tawāf). And that was the day that she was supposed to be with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1942 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: أَرْسَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ لَيْلَةَ النَّحْرِ «فَرَمَتِ الْجَمْرَةَ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ، ثُمَّ مَضَتْ فَأَفَاضَتْ، وَكَانَ ذَلِكَ الْيَوْمُ الْيَوْمَ، الَّذِي يَكُونُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - تَعْنِي - عِنْدَهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1942

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1942

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1943

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1943. Mukhbir narrated that Asmā' pelted the Jamrah. He said: "We have pelted the Jamrah at night!" She replied: "We used to do this during the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1943 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ، أَخْبَرَنِي مُخْبِرٌ، عَنْ أَسْمَاءَ، أَنَّهَا رَمَتِ الْجَمْرَةَ، قُلْتُ: إِنَّا رَمَيْنَا الْجَمْرَةَ بِلَيْلٍ، قَالَتْ: «إِنَّا كُنَّا نَصْنَعُ هَذَا عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1943

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1943

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1944

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1944. It was reported from Abū Az-Zubair, from Jābir: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ departed (from Al-Muzdalifah) and tranquility was upon him. And he commanded them to pelt with pebbles similar to the size of those used for Khadhf. And he quickened his pace in the valley of Muḥassir." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1944 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: «أَفَاضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَعَلَيْهِ السَّكِينَةُ، وَأَمَرَهُمْ أَنْ يَرْمُوا بِمِثْلِ حَصَى الْخَذْفِ، وَأَوْضَعَ فِي وَادِي مُحَسِّرٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1944

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1944

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

The Day Of The 'Great Hajj'

Hadith 1945

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1945. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, during the Hajj that he performed, stood on the Day of Sacrifice between the Jamrahs, and said: "What day is this?" They replied: "This is the Day of Sacrifice." He replied: "This is the Day of the Great Hajj." (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1945 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ الْفَضْلِ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْغَازِ، حَدَّثَنَا نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَفَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ بَيْنَ الْجَمَرَاتِ فِي الْحَجَّةِ الَّتِي حَجَّ، فَقَالَ: «أَيُّ يَوْمٍ هَذَا؟» قَالُوا: يَوْمُ النَّحْرِ، قَالَ: «هَذَا يَوْمُ الْحَجِّ الْأَكْبَرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1945

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1945

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1946

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1946. Abū Hurairah narrated: "Abū Bakr sent me on the Day of Sacrifice, at Minā, to proclaim: 'No pagan shall perform Hajj after this year, and no person shall perform Tawāf naked, and the Day of the Great Hajj is the Day of Sacrifice, and the Great Hajj is the Hajj itself.'" (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1946 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، أَنَّ الْحَكَمَ بْنَ نَافِعٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، حَدَّثَنِي حُمَيْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: بَعَثَنِي أَبُو بَكْرٍ فِيمَنْ يُؤَذِّنُ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ بِمِنًى «أَنْ لَا يَحُجَّ بَعْدَ الْعَامِ مُشْرِكٌ، وَلَا يَطُوفَ بِالْبَيْتِ عُرْيَانٌ، وَيَوْمُ الْحَجِّ الْأَكْبَرِ، يَوْمُ النَّحْرِ وَالْحَجُّ الْأَكْبَرُ الْحَجُّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1946

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1946

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

The Sacred Months

Hadith 1947

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1947. Abū Bakrah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ delivered a sermon in his Hajj, and said: "The time has returned to its original state — the state it was in when Allāh created the heavens and earth. The year is twelve months, four of which are sacred. Three of these are consecutive: Dhūl-Qa'dah, and Dhūl-Hijjah, and Muḥarram, and (the fourth is) the Rajab of Muḍar, which is between Jumādā and Sha'bān." (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1947 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَ فِي حَجَّتِهِ، فَقَالَ: " إِنَّ الزَّمَانَ قَدِ اسْتَدَارَ كَهَيْئَتِهِ يَوْمَ خَلَقَ اللَّهُ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضَ، السَّنَةُ اثْنَا عَشَرَ شَهْرًا، مِنْهَا أَرْبَعَةٌ حُرُمٌ، ثَلَاثٌ مُتَوَالِيَاتٌ: ذُو الْقِعْدَةِ، وَذُو الْحِجَّةِ، وَالْمُحَرَّمُ، وَرَجَبُ مُضَرَ الَّذِي بَيْنَ جُمَادَى وَشَعْبَانَ ".

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1947

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1947

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1948

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1948. (Another chain) from Ibn Abū Bakrah, from Abū Bakrah, from the Prophet ﷺ, with its meaning (similar to no. 1947). (Saḥih) Abū Dāwūd said: Ibn 'Awn has named him, he said: "From 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abū Bakrah, from Abū Bakrah," in this Hadīth.

Arabic text

1948 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَيَّاضٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ السَّخْتِيَانِيُّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ: أَبُو دَاوُدَ سَمَّاهُ ابْنُ عَوْنٍ، فَقَالَ: عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1948

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1948

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

Whoever Missed 'Arafah

Hadith 1949

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1949. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ya'mar Ad-Dailī said: "I came to the Prophet ﷺ while he was at 'Arafāt. A group of people from Najd came, and they asked someone to call out to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ: 'What is the Hajj?' The Prophet ﷺ ordered someone to proclaim: 'The Hajj, the Hajj, is the Day of 'Arafah. Whoever comes before the Subh prayer of the Day of Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah), he has completed his Hajj. The days of Minā are three. Whoever wishes to hasten (to depart) after two days, he will have no blame upon him, and whoever delays, he will have no blame on him.' Then the Prophet ﷺ placed someone behind him, and he began to proclaim this." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: This is how Mihrān reported it from Sufyān; he said: "The Hajj, the Hajj." While Yaḥyā bin Sa'eed Al-Qaṭṭān reported it from Sufyān, he said: "The Hajj." one time.

Arabic text

1949 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنِي بُكَيْرُ بْنُ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَعْمَرَ الدِّيلِيِّ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ بِعَرَفَةَ فَجَاءَ نَاسٌ أَوْ نَفَرٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ نَجْدٍ فَأَمَرُوا رَجُلًا فَنَادَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَيْفَ الْحَجُّ؟، فَأَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَجُلًا فَنَادَى «الْحَجُّ، الْحَجُّ، يَوْمُ عَرَفَةَ، مَنْ جَاءَ قَبْلَ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ مِنْ لَيْلَةِ جَمْعٍ فَتَمَّ حَجُّهُ أَيَّامُ مِنًى ثَلَاثَةٌ، فَمَنْ تَعَجَّلَ فِي يَوْمَيْنِ، فَلَا إِثْمَ عَلَيْهِ، وَمَنْ تَأَخَّرَ فَلَا إِثْمَ عَلَيْهِ»، قَالَ: ثُمَّ أَرْدَفَ رَجُلًا خَلْفَهُ فَجَعَلَ يُنَادِي بِذَلِكَ. قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَلِكَ رَوَاهُ مِهْرَانُ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ: «الْحَجُّ، الْحَجُّ» مَرَّتَيْنِ وَرَوَاهُ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ قَالَ: «الْحَجُّ» مَرَّةً

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1949

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1949

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1950

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1950. It was reported that 'Urwah bin Muḍarris Aṭ-Ṭā'ī said: "I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at his place of standing" — meaning at Jam' (Al-Muzdalifah), and said: 'I come, O Messenger of Allāh, from the mountain of Ṭayy. I have exhausted my animal, and tired myself, by Allāh, I have not left a single mountain except that I have stood on it. Is my Hajj valid?' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever prays this prayer with us, and had come to 'Arafāt before that, whether by day or night, then his Hajj is complete, and his rites finished.”” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1950 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَامِرٌ، أَخْبَرَنِي عُرْوَةُ بْنُ مُضَرِّسٍ الطَّائِيُّ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْمَوْقِفِ يَعْنِي بِجَمْعٍ قُلْتُ: جِئْتُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ مِنْ جَبَلِ طَيِّئٍ أَكْلَلْتُ مَطِيَّتِي وَأَتْعَبْتُ نَفْسِي وَاللَّهِ مَا تَرَكْتُ مِنْ حَبْلٍ إِلَّا وَقَفْتُ عَلَيْهِ فَهَلْ لِي مِنْ حَجٍّ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَدْرَكَ مَعَنَا هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةَ، وَأَتَى عَرَفَاتَ، قَبْلَ ذَلِكَ لَيْلًا أَوْ نَهَارًا، فَقَدْ تَمَّ حَجُّهُ، وَقَضَى تَفَثَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1950

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1950

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 69

Camping At Minā

Hadith 1951

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1951. ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Mu‘adh narrated from one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ that he narrated: “The Prophet ﷺ delivered a sermon at Minā, and instructed (the people) to take their places. He said: ‘Let the Muhājir camp here,’ and he pointed to the right of the Qiblah, ‘...and the Anṣār here,’ and he pointed to the left of the Qiblah, ‘...and then let the people camp around them.’”” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1951 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ مُعَاذٍ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: خَطَبَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ النَّاسَ بِمِنًى وَنَزَّلَهُمْ مَنَازِلَهُمْ فَقَالَ: «لِيَنْزِلِ الْمُهَاجِرُونَ هَا هُنَا» وَأَشَارَ إِلَى مَيْمَنَةِ الْقِبْلَةِ «وَالْأَنْصَارُ هَا هُنَا» وَأَشَارَ إِلَى مَيْسَرَةِ الْقِبْلَةِ «ثُمَّ لِيَنْزِلِ النَّاسُ حَوْلَهُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1951

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1951

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

What Day Should A Sermon Be Delivered In Minā?

Hadith 1952

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1952. Abū Najīḥ narrated from two men from the tribe of Banū Bakr that they said: “We saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ deliver a sermon on the middle day of the days of Tashrīq, while we were close to his mount. And that was the sermon that the Messenger of Allāh ﷻ delivered at Mina.”(Da'if)

Arabic text

1952 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي نَجِيحٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ رَجُلَيْنِ، مِنْ بَنِي بَكْرٍ، قَالَا: رَأَيْنَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَخْطُبُ بَيْنَ أَوْسَطِ أَيَّامِ التَّشْرِيقِ، وَنَحْنُ عِنْدَ رَاحِلَتِهِ وَهِيَ خُطْبَةُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الَّتِي خَطَبَ بِمِنًى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1952

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1952

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1953

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1953. It was reported from Sarrā' bint Nabhān — and she had owned a house during Jāhiliyyah — [1] narrated: “The Prophet ﷺ delivered a sermon to us on the ‘Day of Heads,’ and he said: ‘What day is this?’ We replied: ‘Allāh and His Messenger know best.’ He said: ‘Is this not the middle day of the days of Tashrīq?’” (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: And this is exactly what the uncle of Abū Ḥurrah Ar-Raqāshī narrated as well, that he delivered the sermon in the middle day of Tashrīq.

Arabic text

1953 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا رَبِيعَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، حَدَّثَتْنِي جَدَّتِي سَرَّاءُ بِنْتُ نَبْهَانَ، وَكَانَتْ رَبَّةُ بَيْتٍ فِي الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ قَالَتْ: خَطَبَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ الرُّءُوسِ، فَقَالَ: «أَيُّ يَوْمٍ هَذَا؟»، قُلْنَا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، قَالَ: «أَلَيْسَ أَوْسَطَ أَيَّامِ التَّشْرِيقِ؟». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَلِكَ قَالَ: عَمُّ أَبِي حُرَّةَ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، إِنَّهُ خَطَبَ أَوْسَطَ أَيَّامِ التَّشْرِيقِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1953

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1953

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

Whoever Said That A Sermon Is Delivered On The Day of Sacrifice

Hadith 1954

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1954. Al-Hirmās bin Ziyād Al-Bāhilī narrated: “I saw the Prophet ﷺ deliver a sermon to the people upon his camel Al-‘Aḏbā’ on the Day of the Sacrifice at Minā.” (Hasan) [1] They say that she had been in charge of or owned a house containing idols, and that this is the meaning.

Arabic text

1954 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ، حَدَّثَنَا عِكْرِمَةُ، حَدَّثَنِي الْهِرْمَاسُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَخْطُبُ النَّاسَ عَلَى نَاقَتِهِ الْعَضْبَاءِ يَوْمَ الْأَضْحَى بِمِنًى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1954

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1954

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1955

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1955. Abū Umāmah narrated: "I heard the sermon of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at Minā, on the Day of Sacrifice." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1955 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْفَضْلِ الْحَرَّانِيَّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جَابِرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمُ بْنُ عَامِرٍ الْكَلَاعِيُّ، سَمِعْتُ أَبَا أُمَامَةَ، يَقُولُ: «سَمِعْتُ خُطْبَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِنًى يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1955

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1955

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

What Time Should The Sermon Be Delivered On The Day Of The Sacrifice?

Hadith 1956

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1956. Rāfi' bin 'Āmir Al-Muzanī narrated: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ deliver a sermon to the people after the sun had risen some distance. He was upon a white donkey, and 'Alī, may Allāh be pleased with him, was conveying (the sermon) to others on his behalf. Some people were standing, whereas others were sitting." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1956 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحِيمِ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ عَامِرٍ الْمُزْنِيِّ، حَدَّثَنِي رَافِعُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الْمُزْنِيُّ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ النَّاسَ بِمِنًى حِينَ ارْتَفَعَ الضُّحَى عَلَى بَغْلَةٍ شَهْبَاءَ، وَعَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، يُعَبِّرُ عَنْهُ وَالنَّاسُ بَيْنَ قَاعِدٍ وَقَائِمٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1956

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1956

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

What Should The Imām Mention In His Khuṭbah At Minā?

Hadith 1957

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1957. Abdur-Raḥmān bin Mu'ādḥ At-Taimī said: "While we were at Minā, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ delivered a sermon. Our hearing was sharpened (by Allāh), such that we could hear what he was saying while we were in our tents. He taught them their rites (of Hajj) until he reached the Jamrahs. Then, he placed his two index fingers in his ears, and said: '(Throw) with pebbles used for Khadhif.' He then commanded the Muhājir to camp at the front of the Masjid, and the Anṣār to camp at the back, and the rest of the people to be behind them." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1957 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ مُعَاذٍ التَّيْمِيِّ، قَالَ: خَطَبَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَنَحْنُ بِمِنًى فَفُتِحَتْ أَسْمَاعُنَا، حَتَّى كُنَّا نَسْمَعُ مَا يَقُولُ: وَنَحْنُ فِي مَنَازِلِنَا فَطَفِقَ يُعَلِّمُهُمْ مَنَاسِكَهُمْ حَتَّى بَلَغَ الْجِمَارَ فَوَضَعَ أُصْبُعَيْهِ السَّبَّابَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «بِحَصَى الْخَذْفِ» ثُمَّ أَمَرَ الْمُهَاجِرِينَ فَنَزَلُوا فِي مُقَدَّمِ الْمَسْجِدِ، وَأَمَرَ الْأَنْصَارَ فَنَزَلُوا مِنْ وَرَاءِ الْمَسْجِدِ، ثُمَّ نَزَلَ النَّاسَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1957

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1957

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

On Spending The Nights Of Minā In Makkah

Hadith 1958

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1958. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Farrūkh asked Ibn 'Umar: "We buy and sell our goods with other people, and then one of us goes to Makkah and spends the night there, with our goods." He replied: "As for the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, he would spend his days and nights in Minā." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1958 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، حَدَّثَنِي حَرِيزٌ أَوْ أَبُو حَرِيزٍ الشَّكّ مِنْ يَحْيَى، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ فَرُّوخٍ يَسْأَلُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: إِنَّا نَتَبَايَعُ بِأَمْوَالِ النَّاسِ فَيَأْتِي أَحَدُنَا مَكَّةَ فَيَبِيتُ عَلَى الْمَالِ، فَقَالَ: «أَمَّا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَبَاتَ بِمِنًى وَظَلَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1958

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1958

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1959

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1959. Ibn 'Umar narrated: "Al-'Abbās asked permission from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to spend the nights of Minā in Makkah, because he would give water (to the Muḥrims) to drink, so the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ granted him permission." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1959 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، وَأَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «اسْتَأْذَنَ الْعَبَّاسُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَبِيتَ بِمَكَّةَ لَيَالِيَ مِنًى مِنْ أَجْلِ سِقَايَتِهِ فَأَذِنَ لَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1959

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1959

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

The Ṣalāt At Minā

Hadith 1960

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1960. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd narrated: "‘Uthmān prayed four Rak'ah at Minā. 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) then said: "I prayed two Rak'ahs with the Prophet ﷺ, and two Rak'ahs with Abū Bakr, and two Rak'ahs with 'Umar," — Ḥafṣ (one of the narrators) added: "And with 'Uthmān at the beginning of his rule, then he completed it (started praying four later)." — The addition from here on is from Abū Mu'āwiyah (one of the narrators) — "Then your paths have differed after this. How I wish that I could substitute these four Rak'ahs with two that will be accepted!" — Al-A'mash (one of the narrators) said: "So Mu'āwiyah bin Qurrah narrated to me from some Shaikhs of his that 'Abdullāh prayed four?!" He said: "So it was said to him: 'You criticized 'Uthmān, then you prayed four?' He said: 'Differing is even worse!'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1960 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، أَنَّ أَبَا مُعَاوِيَةَ، وَحَفْصَ بْنَ غِيَاثٍ، حَدَّثَاهُ وَحَدِيثُ أَبِي مُعَاوِيَةَ أَتَمُّ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: صَلَّى عُثْمَانُ بِمِنًى أَرْبَعًا، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: «صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَمَعَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَمَعَ عُمَرَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»، زَادَ، عَنْ حَفْصٍ، وَمَعَ عُثْمَانَ صَدْرًا مِنْ إِمَارَتِهِ، ثُمَّ أَتَمَّهَا زَادَ مِنْ هَا هُنَا عَنْ أَبِي مُعَاوِيَةَ، ثُمَّ تَفَرَّقَتْ بِكُمُ الطُّرُقُ فَلَوَدِدْتُ أَنْ لِي مِنْ أَرْبَعِ رَكَعَاتٍ رَكْعَتَيْنِ مُتَقَبَّلَتَيْنِ. قَالَ: الْأَعْمَشُ، فَحَدَّثَنِي مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنُ قُرَّةَ، عَنْ أَشْيَاخِهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى أَرْبَعًا، قَالَ: فَقِيلَ لَهُ: عِبْتَ عَلَى عُثْمَانَ ثُمَّ صَلَّيْتُ أَرْبَعًا، قَالَ: «الْخِلَافُ شَرٌّ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1960

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1960

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1961

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1961. It was reported from Az-Zuhri, that 'Uthmān only prayed four Rak'ahs at Minā because he was planning to stay (in Makkah) after Hajj.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1961 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، أَنَّ عُثْمَانَ إِنَّمَا صَلَّى بِمِنًى أَرْبَعًا لِأَنَّهُ أَجْمَعَ عَلَى الْإِقَامَةِ بَعْدَ الْحَجِّ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1961

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1961

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1962

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1962. Ibrāhīm narrated: “‘Uthmān prayed four since he took (Makkah) as a place of residence (for himself).” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1962 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: إِنَّ عُثْمَانَ، صَلَّى أَرْبَعًا لِأَنَّهُ اتَّخَذَهَا وَطَنًا.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1962

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1962

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1963

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1963. It was reported from Yūnus, from Az-Zuhrī, that he said: “When ‘Uthmān had taken charge of the properties in Aṭ-Ṭā’if, and wanted to stay there, he prayed four. Then, later leaders followed him in this practice.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1963 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: لَمَّا اتَّخَذَ عُثْمَانُ الْأَمْوَالَ بِالطَّائِفِ وَأَرَادَ أَنْ يُقِيمَ بِهَا صَلَّى أَرْبَعًا، قَالَ: ثُمَّ أَخَذَ بِهِ الْأَئِمَّةُ بَعْدَهُ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1963

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1963

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1964

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1964. It was reported from Ayyūb, from Az-Zuhrī, that ‘Uthmān bin ‘Affān prayed the complete prayer at Minā because of the Bedouins, for they were numerous that year. So he led them in four Rak’ahs in order to teach them that (those) prayers were of four Rak’ahs.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1964 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ ، أَنَّ عُثْمَانَ بْنَ عَفَّانَ، أَتَمَّ الصَّلَاةَ بِمِنًى مِنْ أَجْلِ الْأَعْرَابِ لِأَنَّهُمْ كَثُرُوا عَامَئِذٍ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ أَرْبَعًا لِيُعَلِّمَهُمْ أَنَّ الصَّلَاةَ أَرْبَعٌ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1964

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1964

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

Shortening (Of Prayers) For The Residents Of Makkah

Hadith 1965

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1965. Hārīthah bin Wahb Al-Khuzā’ī, whose mother was a wife of ‘Umar’s, and who gave birth to ‘Ubaidullāh bin ‘Umar, narrated: “I prayed along with the Messenger of Allāh ﷻ at Minā, and the people (congregated) behind him were the most that ever did so. And he led us in two Rak'ahs during the Farewell Pilgrimage." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: Hārīthah is from (the tribe of) Khuzā'ah, and their abodes were in Makkah.

Arabic text

1965 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي حَارِثَةُ بْنُ وَهْبٍ الْخُزَاعِيُّ، وَكَانَتْ أُمُّهُ تَحْتَ عُمَرَ فَوَلَدَتْ لَهُ عُبَيْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِنًى وَالنَّاسُ أَكْثَرُ مَا كَانُوا، فَصَلَّى بِنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: حَارِثَةُ بْنُ خُزَاعَةَ: وَدَارُهُمْ بِمَكَّةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1965

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1965

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

Regarding Stoning The Jimār

Hadith 1966

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1966. Sulaimān bin 'Amr bin Al-Ahwaṣ narrated from his mother that she said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stone the Jamrah from the bottom of the valley, while he was on his mount. He would say the Takbīr with every pebble, while a person behind him was sheltering him. I asked who he was, and I was told: 'Al-Faḍl bin Al-'Abbās.' The crowd became more, so the Prophet ﷺ said: 'O people! Do not kill one another! And when you stone the Jamrah, then throw pebbles similar to those for Khadhf.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1966 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنِي عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، قَالَتْ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْمِي الْجَمْرَةَ مِنْ بَطْنِ الْوَادِي، وَهُوَ رَاكِبٌ يُكَبِّرُ مَعَ كُلِّ حَصَاةٍ وَرَجُلٌ مِنْ خَلْفِهِ يَسْتُرُهُ، فَسَأَلْتُ عَنِ الرَّجُلِ، فَقَالُوا: الْفَضْلُ بْنُ الْعَبَّاسِ، وَازْدَحَمَ النَّاسُ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، لَا يَقْتُلْ بَعْضُكُمْ بَعْضًا، وَإِذَا رَمَيْتُمُ الْجَمْرَةَ فَارْمُوا بِمِثْلِ حَصَى الْخَذْفِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1966

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1966

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1967

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1967. (Another chain) from Sulaimān bin 'Amr bin Al-Ahwaṣ, from his mother, she said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at Jamrat Al-'Aqabah, on his mount. And I saw pebbles in between his fingers, and when he threw, the people threw.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1967 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو ثَوْرٍ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، وَوَهْبُ بْنُ بَيَانٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبِيدَةُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، قَالَتْ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عِنْدَ جَمْرَةِ الْعَقَبَةِ رَاكِبًا وَرَأَيْتُ بَيْنَ أَصَابِعِهِ حَجَرًا فَرَمَى، وَرَمَى النَّاسُ ".

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1967

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1967

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1968

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1968. (Another chain) For this narration (similar to no. 1967) with the addition: “And he did not remain standing at it (after throwing).” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1968 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ فِي مِثْلِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ زَادَ، وَلَمْ يَقُمْ عِنْدَهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1968

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1968

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1969

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1969. Nāfi' narrated that Ibn 'Umar would go to the Jimār on the three days following the Day of Sacrifice on foot — both while coming and returning. And he used to say that this was the practice of the Prophet ﷺ as well. (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1969 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ «يَأْتِي الْجِمَارَ فِي الْأَيَّامِ الثَّلَاثَةِ بَعْدَ يَوْمِ النَّحْرِ مَاشِيًا ذَاهِبًا وَرَاجِعًا، وَيُخْبِرُ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1969

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1969

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1970

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1970. It was reported from Jābir bin 'Abdullāh, that he said: “I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stoning (the Jamarāt) while on his mount on the Day of Sacrifice. He said: ‘Take your rites from me, for I know not whether I will perform any Hajj after this Hajj.’” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1970 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يَقُولُ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْمِي عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ يَقُولُ: «لِتَأْخُذُوا مَنَاسِكَكُمْ، فَإِنِّي لَا أَدْرِي لَعَلِّي لَا أَحُجُّ بَعْدَ حَجَّتِي هَذِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1970

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1970

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1971

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1971. (Another chain) from Jabir bin 'Abdullāh, who said: “I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stoning (the Jamarāt) while on his mount on the Day of Sacrifice at Duha time. As for (the days) after that, (he would pelt) after the sun passed the meridian.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1971 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يَقُولُ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْمِي عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ ضُحًى، فَأَمَّا بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ فَبَعْدَ زَوَالِ الشَّمْسِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1971

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1971

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1972

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1972. Wabarrah narrated: “I asked Ibn ‘Umar when the Jamrah should be stoned. He replied: ‘Whenever your leader stones, then do so.’ But I repeated my question to him, so he said: ‘We would look at the time when the sun started its descent (after high-noon). And when it did so, we stoned.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1972 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الزُّهْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ وَبَرَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، مَتَى أَرْمِي الْجِمَارَ، قَالَ: «إِذَا رَمَى إِمَامُكَ فَارْمِ»، فَأَعَدْتُ عَلَيْهِ الْمَسْأَلَةَ، فَقَالَ: «كُنَّا نَتَحَيَّنُ زَوَالَ الشَّمْسِ فَإِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ رَمَيْنَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1972

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1972

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1973

DarussalamHasanAl-Albaniصحيح، إلا قوله: "حين صلى الظهر" فهو منكرAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1973. ‘Aishah, may Allāh be pleased with her, narrated: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed the (Tawāf) Al-Ifādah after he had prayed Zuhr on the Day of Sacrifice. He then returned to Minā, and remained there the nights of the Tashriq. He would stone the Jamrah when the sun passed the meridian — each Jamrah with seven pebbles. And he would say the Takbīr with every pebble. And he would stand at the first and second (Jamrah), supplicating earnestly (to Allāh), but after throwing the third, he would not stand at it.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1973 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ بَحْرٍ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْمَعْنَى قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الْأَحْمَرُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «أَفَاضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ آخِرِ يَوْمِهِ حِينَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ، ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَى مِنًى، فَمَكَثَ بِهَا لَيَالِيَ أَيَّامِ التَّشْرِيقِ يَرْمِي الْجَمْرَةَ، إِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ كُلُّ جَمْرَةٍ بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ، يُكَبِّرُ مَعَ كُلِّ حَصَاةٍ، وَيَقِفُ عِنْدَ الْأُولَى، وَالثَّانِيَةِ فَيُطِيلُ الْقِيَامَ، وَيَتَضَرَّعُ، وَيَرْمِي الثَّالِثَةَ وَلَا يَقِفُ عِنْدَهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1973

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1973

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1974

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1974. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd narrated that when Ibn Mas'ūd reached the large Jamrah, he would stand such that the Ka'bah was towards his left, and Minā towards his right, and then he would pelt the Jamrah with seven pebbles. He would say: 'This is how the one upon whom Sūrat Al-Baqarah was revealed would stone.'" (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1974 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، وَمُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: «لَمَّا انْتَهَى إِلَى الْجَمْرَةِ الْكُبْرَى، جَعَلَ الْبَيْتَ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، وَمِنًى عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَرَمَى الْجَمْرَةَ بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ»، وَقَالَ: «هَكَذَا رَمَى الَّذِي أُنْزِلَتْ عَلَيْهِ سُورَةُ الْبَقَرَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1974

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1974

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1975

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1975. It was reported from Abū Al-Baddāḥ bin 'Āṣim, from his father, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ granted a concession to the caretakers of camels regarding spending the nights (in Minā).[1] He commanded them to stone on the Day of Sacrifice, then to stone the next day for that day, and the day after it, and then to stone on the day of departure. (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1975 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي الْبَدَّاحِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «رَخَّصَ لِرِعَاءِ الْإِبِلِ فِي الْبَيْتُوتَةِ يَرْمُونَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، ثُمَّ يَرْمُونَ الْغَدَ، وَمِنْ بَعْدِ الْغَدِ بِيَوْمَيْنِ وَيَرْمُونَ، يَوْمَ النَّفْرِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, that they may spend these nights outside of Minā.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1975

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1975

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1976

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1976. (Another chain) Abū Al-Baddāḥ bin 'Adī, from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ allowed the caretakers of camels to stone on one day, and leave another day. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1976 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، وَمُحَمَّدُ ابْنَيْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِمَا، عَنْ أَبِي الْبَدَّاحِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «رَخَّصَ لِلرِّعَاءِ أَنْ يَرْمُوا يَوْمًا، وَيَدَعُوا يَوْمًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1976

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1976

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1977

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1977. Abū Mijlāz narrated that he asked Ibn 'Abbās regarding something about stoning the Jamrah. He responded: "I don't know whether the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stoned with six or seven stones." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1977 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا مِجْلَزٍ، يَقُولُ: سَأَلْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ: عَنْ شَيْءٍ مِنْ أَمْرِ الْجِمَارِ، قَالَ: «مَا أَدْرِي أَرَمَاهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِسِتٍّ أَوْ بِسَبْعٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1977

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1977

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1978

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1978. It was reported from Al-Ḥajjāj, from Az-Zuhri, from 'Amrah bint 'Abdur-Raḥmān, from 'Āishah, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When one of you stones the Jamrat Al-'Aqabah, then everything is permitted for him except for women.'" (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth is weak. Al-Ḥajjāj did not see Az- Zuhri, nor hear from him.

Arabic text

1978 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَجَّاجُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا رَمَى أَحَدُكُمْ جَمْرَةَ الْعَقَبَةِ فَقَدْ حَلَّ لَهُ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ إِلَّا النِّسَاءَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا حَدِيثٌ ضَعِيفٌ الْحَجَّاجُ لَمْ يَرَ الزُّهْرِيَّ وَلَمْ يَسْمَعْ مِنْهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1978

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1978

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

Regarding Trimming Short And Shaving The Hair

Hadith 1979

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1979. It was reported from Mālik, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "O Allāh! Have mercy on those who shaved their hair." They said: "O Messenger of Allāh! And those who trimmed it." He said: "O Allāh! Have mercy on those who shaved their hair." They said: "O Messenger of Allāh! And those who trimmed it." He said: "And those who trimmed it." (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

1979 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمِ الْمُحَلِّقِينَ»، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، وَالْمُقَصِّرِينَ؟ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمِ الْمُحَلِّقِينَ»، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، وَالْمُقَصِّرِينَ؟ قَالَ: «وَالْمُقَصِّرِينَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1979

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1979

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1980

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1980. It was reported from Mūsā bin 'Uqbah, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ shaved his hair during the Farewell Pilgrimage. (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

1980 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ يَعْنِي الْإِسْكَنْدَرَانِيَّ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «حَلَقَ رَأْسَهُ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1980

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1980

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1981

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1981. It was reported from Ibn Sirīn, from Anas bin Mālik, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stoned the Jamrat Al-'Aqabah on the Day of Sacrifice, then returned to his tent in Minā, called for a butcher, and then slaughtered (his animals). He then called for a barber, who began shaving from his right side. The Prophet ﷺ then started distributing it to those who were around him — a hair or two (to each person). Then, (the barber) began shaving his left side. After he had done so, the Prophet ﷺ said: 'Abū Ṭalḥah, come here!' and he gave it all to him." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1981 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصٌ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " رَمَى جَمْرَةَ الْعَقَبَةِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ بِمِنًى فَدَعَا بِذِبْحٍ، فَذُبِحَ، ثُمَّ دَعَا بِالْحَلَّاقِ، فَأَخَذَ بِشِقِّ رَأْسِهِ الْأَيْمَنِ فَحَلَقَهُ فَجَعَلَ يَقْسِمُ بَيْنَ مَنْ يَلِيهِ الشَّعْرَةَ وَالشَّعْرَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ أَخَذَ بِشِقِّ رَأْسِهِ الْأَيْسَرِ فَحَلَقَهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «هَا هُنَا أَبُو طَلْحَةَ» فَدَفَعَهُ إِلَى أَبِي طَلْحَةَ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1981

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1981

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1982

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1982. (Another chain, similar to no. 1981) He added that the Prophet ﷺ said to the barber: "Start with the right side and shave it." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1982 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ الْحَلَبِيُّ، وَعَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، الْمَعْنَى قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ بِهَذَا قَالَ فِيهِ: قَالَ لِلْحَالِقِ: «ابْدَأْ بِشِقِّي الْأَيْمَنِ فَاحْلِقْهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1982

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1982

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1983

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1983. It was reported from 'Ikrimah, from Ibn 'Abbās, that the Prophet ﷺ was frequently asked (questions about the rites) on the Day of Minā, and he would always respond: "There is no problem (in that)." A person asked him: "I shaved my hair before sacrificing (my animal)," so he replied: "Sacrifice (now), and there is no problem." Another said: "I delayed the stoning (of the Jamarah) and it is now afternoon!" he replied: "Stone (now), and there is no problem." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1983 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، أَخْبَرَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُسْأَلُ يَوْمَ مِنًى فَيَقُولُ: «لَا حَرَجَ» فَسَأَلَهُ رَجُلٌ، فَقَالَ: إِنِّي حَلَقْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَذْبَحَ، قَالَ: «اذْبَحْ وَلَا حَرَجَ» قَالَ: إِنِّي أَمْسَيْتُ وَلَمْ أَرْمِ، قَالَ: «ارْمِ وَلَا حَرَجَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1983

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1983

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1984

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: أحد إسناديه صحيح)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1984. It was reported from Umm 'Uthmān bint Abī Sufyān, that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Women should not shave; rather, they are only required to trim (their hair).'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1984 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ الْعَتَكِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: بَلَغَنِي، عَنْ صَفِيَّةَ بِنْتِ شَيْبَةَ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَتْ: أَخْبَرَتْنِي أُمُّ عُثْمَانَ بِنْتُ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَيْسَ عَلَى النِّسَاءِ حَلْقٌ، إِنَّمَا عَلَى النِّسَاءِ التَّقْصِيرُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1984

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1984

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1985

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1985. (Another chain) from Umm 'Uthmān bint Abī Sufyān, that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Women should not shave; rather, they are only required to trim (their hair).'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1985 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو يَعْقُوبَ الْبَغْدَادِيُّ، ثِقَةٌ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ شَيْبَةَ، عَنْ صَفِيَّةَ بِنْتِ شَيْبَةَ، قَالَتْ: أَخْبَرَتْنِي أُمُّ عُثْمَانَ بِنْتُ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَيْسَ عَلَى النِّسَاءِ الْحَلْقُ، إِنَّمَا عَلَى النِّسَاءِ التَّقْصِيرُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1985

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1985

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

Regarding Umrah

Hadith 1986

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1986. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed Umrah before performing the Hajj. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1986 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مَخْلَدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «اعْتَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَحُجَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1986

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1986

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1987

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1987. Ibn 'Abbās said: "I swear by Allāh, the only reason that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded 'Aishah to perform 'Umrah in Dhūl-Hijjah is to eradicate the belief of the people of Shirk. For this group of people from Quraish, and those who were upon their religion, used to say: 'When the hair (of the animals) has grown, and the travel-marks (of the animals) have disappeared, and the month of Šafar has started, then it is permissible for one to perform 'Umrah.' So they would prohibit an 'Umrah until Dhūl-Hijjah and Muḥarram had finished." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1987 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: " وَاللَّهِ مَا أَعْمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَائِشَةَ فِي ذِي الْحِجَّةِ إِلَّا لِيَقْطَعَ بِذَلِكَ أَمْرَ أَهْلِ الشِّرْكِ، فَإِنَّ هَذَا الْحَيَّ مِنْ قُرَيْشٍ وَمَنْ دَانَ دِينَهُمْ كَانُوا يَقُولُونَ: إِذَا عَفَا الْوَبَرْ وَبَرَأَ الدَّبَرْ وَدَخَلَ صَفَرْ فَقَدْ، حَلَّتِ الْعُمْرَةُ لِمَنِ اعْتَمَرْ فَكَانُوا يُحَرِّمُونَ الْعُمْرَةَ حَتَّى يَنْسَلِخَ ذُو الْحِجَّةِ وَالْمُحَرَّمُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1987

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1987

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1988

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح دون قول المرأة: "إني امرأة حجتي"Al-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1988. Abū Bakr bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān said: "The messenger of Marwān that was sent to Umm Ma'qal, informed me that she said: 'Abū Ma'qal was performing Hajj with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so when he arrived, Umm Ma'qal said: "You know that I too am required to perform Hajj." So they both walked to the Prophet ﷺ and entered upon him. She said: "O Messenger of Allāh! Hajj is obligatory upon me, and Abū Ma'qal has (a spare) camel!" Abū Ma'qal said: "She has told the truth, but I have bequeathed it (the camel) in the Cause of Allāh." The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Give it to her, and let her perform Hajj on it, for it too is in the Cause of Allāh.” So he gave her the camel. She then said: “O Messenger of Allāh! I am an aged woman, and am sick, so is there any deed that will give me the equivalent (reward) of a Hajj?” He replied: ‘An 'Umrah in Ramaḍān is equivalent to a Hajj.’” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1988 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كَامِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ مُهَاجِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَخْبَرَنِي رَسُولُ مَرْوَانَ، الَّذِي أُرْسِلَ إِلَى أُمِّ مَعْقَلٍ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ أَبُو مَعْقَلٍ حَاجًّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمَّا قَدِمَ، قَالَتْ أُمُّ مَعْقَلٍ: قَدْ عَلِمْتَ أَنَّ عَلَيَّ حَجَّةً فَانْطَلَقَا يَمْشِيَانِ حَتَّى دَخَلَا عَلَيْهِ، فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّ عَلَيَّ حَجَّةً وَإِنَّ لِأَبِي مَعْقَلٍ بَكْرًا، قَالَ أَبُو مَعْقَلٍ: صَدَقَتْ، جَعَلْتُهُ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَعْطِهَا فَلْتَحُجَّ عَلَيْهِ، فَإِنَّهُ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ» فَأَعْطَاهَا الْبَكْرَ، فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي امْرَأَةٌ قَدْ كَبِرْتُ وَسَقِمْتُ فَهَلْ مِنْ عَمَلٍ يُجْزِئُ عَنِّي مِنْ حَجَّتِي، قَالَ: «عُمْرَةٌ فِي رَمَضَانَ تُجْزِئُ حَجَّةً»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1988

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1988

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1989

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح دون قوله: "فكانت تقول" إلخAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1989. (Another chain) that Umm Ma'qal narrated: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went on his Farewell Hajj, we owned a camel that Abū Ma'qal had bequeathed in the Cause of Allāh. We were afflicted with a sickness, and Abū Ma'qal died. The Prophet ﷺ performed (his Hajj), and when he had returned, I went to him. He said: ‘O Umm Ma'qal! What prevented you from performing Hajj with us?’ She replied: ‘I was ready (to come), but Abū Ma'qal died, and we had a camel that we were supposed to perform Hajj on, but Abū Ma'qal bequeathed it in the Cause of Allāh.’ The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘So why did you not come with us, for Hajj is also in the Cause of Allāh!? But if you missed this Hajj with us, then perform an 'Umrah in Ramaḍān, for it is like a Hajj.’” So Umm Ma'qal used to say (after that): "The Hajj is Hajj, and the Umrah is Umrah, yet the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said what he said, and I don't know whether this is only for me (or for everyone)?" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1989 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَوْفٍ الطَّائِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْوَهْبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ مَعْقَلِ بْنِ أُمِّ مَعْقَلٍ الْأَسَدِيِّ أَسَدِ خُزَيْمَةَ، حَدَّثَنِي يُوسُفُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلَامٍ، عَنْ جَدَّتِهِ أُمِّ مَعْقَلٍ، قَالَتْ: لَمَّا حَجَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَجَّةَ الْوَدَاعِ وَكَانَ لَنَا جَمَلٌ، فَجَعَلَهُ أَبُو مَعْقِلٍ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ، وَأَصَابَنَا مَرَضٌ وَهَلَكَ أَبُو مَعْقِلٍ وَخَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ مِنْ حَجِّهِ جِئْتُهُ، فَقَالَ: «يَا أُمَّ مَعْقِلٍ مَا مَنَعَكِ أَنْ تَخْرُجِي مَعَنَا؟»، قَالَتْ: لَقَدْ تَهَيَّأْنَا فَهَلَكَ أَبُو مَعْقِلٍ وَكَانَ لَنَا جَمَلٌ هُوَ الَّذِي نَحُجُّ عَلَيْهِ فَأَوْصَى بِهِ أَبُو مَعْقِلٍ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «فَهَلَّا خَرَجْتِ عَلَيْهِ، فَإِنَّ الْحَجَّ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ، فَأَمَّا إِذْ فَاتَتْكِ هَذِهِ الْحَجَّةُ مَعَنَا فَاعْتَمِرِي فِي رَمَضَانَ فَإِنَّهَا كَحَجَّةٍ» فَكَانَتْ تَقُولُ: الْحَجُّ حَجَّةٌ، وَالْعُمْرَةُ عُمْرَةٌ، وَقَدْ قَالَ: هَذَا لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا أَدْرِي أَلِيَ خَاصَّةً

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1989

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1989

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1990

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1990. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ wanted to go for Hajj, so a woman said to her husband: 'Let me perform Hajj along with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ on your camel.' He said: 'I don't have (any camel) that you can perform Hajj on.' She said: 'Let me perform Hajj on that camel of yours,' and she named it. He replied: 'That one is bequeathed for the Cause of Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime.' So he went to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and said: 'My wife sends her Salām and the mercy of Allāh to you. She asked me to let her perform Hajj with you, for she asked: "Let me perform Hajj along with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ on your camel." I told her: "I don't have (any camel) that you can perform Hajj on." She said: "Let me perform Hajj on that camel of yours," and she named it. So I replied: "That one is bequeathed for the Cause of Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime." The Prophet ﷺ said: 'Indeed, were you to allow her to perform Hajj on it, that would be in the Cause of Allāh.' He said: 'And she asked me to ask you what is equivalent to a Hajj with you?" The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ replied: "Send her my Salām, and the mercy of Allāh, and inform her that it — meaning an Umrah in Ramaḍān — is equivalent to a Hajj with me." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1990 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ الْأَحْوَلِ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: أَرَادَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْحَجَّ فَقَالَتْ: امْرَأَةٌ لِزَوْجِهَا أَحِجَّنِي مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى جَمَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: مَا عِنْدِي مَا أُحِجُّكِ عَلَيْهِ، قَالَتْ: أَحِجَّنِي عَلَى جَمَلِكَ فُلَانٍ، قَالَ: ذَاكَ حَبِيسٌ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ، فَأَتَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: إِنَّ امْرَأَتِي تَقْرَأُ عَلَيْكَ السَّلَامَ وَرَحْمَةَ اللَّهِ، وَإِنَّهَا سَأَلَتْنِي الْحَجَّ مَعَكَ، قَالَتْ: أَحِجَّنِي مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقُلْتُ: مَا عِنْدِي مَا أُحِجُّكِ عَلَيْهِ، فَقَالَتْ أَحِجَّنِي عَلَى جَمَلِكَ فُلَانٍ، فَقُلْتُ: ذَاكَ حَبِيسٌ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ، فَقَالَ: «أَمَا إِنَّكَ لَوْ أَحْجَجْتَهَا عَلَيْهِ كَانَ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ؟» قَالَ: وَإِنَّهَا أَمَرَتْنِي أَنْ أَسْأَلَكَ مَا يَعْدِلُ حَجَّةً مَعَكَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَقْرِئْهَا السَّلَامَ وَرَحْمَةَ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتِهِ، وَأَخْبِرْهَا أَنَّهَا تَعْدِلُ حَجَّةً مَعِي» - يَعْنِي عُمْرَةً فِي رَمَضَانَ -

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1990

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1990

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1991

DarussalamHasanAl-Albaniصحيح لكن قوله: "في شوال" يعني ابتداء، وإلا فهي كانت في ذي القعدة أيضاAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1991. Āishah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed two Umrah in Dhūl Qa'dah, and one in Shawwāl. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1991 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى بْنُ حَمَّادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «اعْتَمَرَ عُمْرَتَيْنِ عُمْرَةً فِي ذِي الْقِعْدَةِ، وَعُمْرَةً فِي شَوَّالٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1991

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1991

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1992

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1992. Mujāhid narrated that Ibn 'Umar was asked: "How many Umrahs did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ perform?" He replied: "Two." Āishah said: "Ibn 'Umar knows that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed three Umrahs, not including the one that he did with his Farewell Pilgrimage." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1992 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ كَمِ اعْتَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟، فَقَالَ: مَرَّتَيْنِ، فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: لَقَدْ عَلِمَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ «اعْتَمَرَ ثَلَاثًا سِوَى الَّتِي قَرَنَهَا بِحَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1992

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1992

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1993

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1993. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed four 'Umrah: The 'Umrah of Al-Hudaybiyah, and the second one when they all agreed to perform an 'Umrah the following year, and the third one from Ji'irānah, and the fourth one that he performed along with his Hajj." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1993 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، وَقُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْعَطَّارُ ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: " اعْتَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَرْبَعَ عُمَرٍ: عُمْرَةَ الْحُدَيْبِيَة، وَالثَّانِيَةَ حِينَ تَوَاطَئُوا عَلَى عُمْرَةٍ مَنْ قَابِلٍ، وَالثَّالِثَةَ مِنَ الْجِعْرَانَةِ، وَالرَّابِعَةَ الَّتِي قَرَنَ مَعَ حَجَّتِهِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1993

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1993

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1994

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1994. Anas narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed four 'Umrah — all of them in Dhūl-Qa'dah, except for the one that he performed along with his Hajj." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: Up to here, I am certain of the narration of Hudbah, and I heard it from Abū Al-Walīd, but am not sure about the precision of it: "...One 'Umrah at the incident of Al-Hudaybiyah, or from Al-Hudaibiyah. And the make up 'Umrah in Dhūl-Qa'dah. And an 'Umrah from Ji'irānah — from the place that he distributed the spoils of war from Hunain — in Dhul Qa'dah. And one 'Umrah that he performed with his Hajj."

Arabic text

1994 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، وَهُدْبَةُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «اعْتَمَرَ أَرْبَعَ عُمَرٍ كُلَّهُنَّ فِي ذِي الْقِعْدَةِ إِلَّا الَّتِي مَعَ حَجَّتِهِ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: أَتْقَنْتُ مِنْ هَا هُنَا مِنْ هُدْبَةَ وَسَمِعْتُهُ مِنْ أَبِي الْوَلِيدِ، وَلَمْ أَضْبِطْهُ عُمْرَةً زَمَنَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ أَوْ مِنَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ، وَعُمْرَةَ الْقَضَاءِ فِي ذِي الْقِعْدَةِ، وَعُمْرَةً مِنَ الْجِعْرَانَةِ حَيْثُ قَسَمَ غَنَائِمَ حُنَيْنٍ فِي ذِي الْقِعْدَةِ، وَعُمْرَةً مَعَ حَجَّتِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1994

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1994

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 80

Regarding The Menstruating Women Who Entered Ihram For Umrah, But Then Caught The Time for Hajj, So She Left Her Umrah and Performed Hajj: Should She Make Up Her Umrah?

Hadith 1995

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1995. Hafshah bint 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Abī Bakr narrated from her father, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to him: "O 'Abdur-Rahmān! Accompany your sister 'Āishah, and allow her to perform an Umrah from Tan'im. When you descend from the peak, let her enter the state of Ihram, for indeed it is an Umrah that will be accepted." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1995 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى بْنُ حَمَّادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ خُثَيْمٍ، عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ مَاهَكَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهَا، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لِعَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: «يَا عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ أَرْدِفْ أُخْتَكَ عَائِشَةَ فَأَعْمِرْهَا مِنَ التَّنْعِيمِ فَإِذَا هَبَطْتَ بِهَا مِنَ الأَكَمَةِ فَلْتُحْرِمْ فَإِنَّهَا عُمْرَةٌ مُتَقَبَّلَةٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1995

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1995

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1996

DarussalamḤasanAl-Albaniصحيح دون ركوعه في المسجد فإنه منكرAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1996. Muḥarrish Al-Ka'bī narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ came to Jirīrānah, and went to the Masjid. He prayed as much as Allāh willed him to pray, then entered the state of Ihram and mounted his animal. He then turned towards the valley of Sarif, until he arrived at the road of Al-Madīnah. He then spent the night in Makkah and awoke there." (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

1996 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ مُزَاحِمِ بْنِ أَبِي مُزَاحِمٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي مُزَاحِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَسِيدٍ، عَنْ مُحَرِّشٍ الْكَعْبِيِّ، قَالَ: «دَخَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْجِعْرَانَةِ فَجَاءَ إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ فَرَكَعَ مَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ، ثُمَّ أَحْرَمَ، ثُمَّ اسْتَوَى عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ فَاسْتَقْبَلَ بَطْنَ سَرِفَ حَتَّى لَقِيَ طَرِيقَ الْمَدِينَةِ فَأَصْبَحَ بِمَكَّةَ كَبَائِتٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1996

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1996

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 81

Remaining (In Makkah) After Umrah

Hadith 1997

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1997. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stayed for three (days in Makkah) after he performed the make up Umrah." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1997 - حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ رُشَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ ، عَنْ أَبَانَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، وَعَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي نَجِيحٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَقَامَ فِي عُمْرَةِ الْقَضَاءِ ثَلَاثًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1997

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1997

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 82

(Tawāf Of) Al-Ifādah In Hajj

Hadith 1998

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1998. Ibn 'Umar narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ performed the (Tawāf) Al-Ifādah on the Day of Sacrifice, then prayed Zuhr at Minā" — meaning after he had returned. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1998 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَفَاضَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ ثُمَّ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ بِمِنًى يَعْنِي رَاجِعًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1998

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1998

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1999

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1999. Umm Salamah narrated: "The night of the Day of Sacrifice was my night with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. When he reached me, Wahb bin Zam'ah came, along with a man from the tribe of Abū Umayyah, and they were each wearing a Qamīs. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ asked Wahb: 'Did you perform (the Tawāf of) Al-Ifādah, O Abū 'Abdullāh?' He said: 'No, by Allāh, O Messenger of Allāh.' So the Prophet ﷺ said: 'Take your Qamīs off.' So he took it off from his head, as did his companion, and then asked: 'But why, O Messenger of Allāh?' He said: 'Today is a day that you have been allowed to leave (the state of Ihrām) once you have stoned the Jamrah — meaning everything is allowed for you except for women — but if night falls before you perform the Tawāf of the House, then you will return to the state of Ihrām, just as you were before you stoned the Jamrah, and until you perform Tawāf.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1999 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ مَعِينٍ الْمَعْنَى وَاحِدٌ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عُبَيْدَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ زَمْعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَعَنْ أُمِّهِ زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، يُحَدِّثَانِهِ جَمِيعًا ذَاكَ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: كَانَتْ لَيْلَتِي الَّتِي يَصِيرُ إِلَيَّ فِيهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسَاءَ يَوْمِ النَّحْرِ فَصَارَ إِلَيَّ وَدَخَلَ عَلَيَّ وَهْبُ بْنُ زَمْعَةَ وَمَعَهُ رَجُلٌ مِنْ آلِ أَبِي أُمَيَّةَ مُتَقَمِّصَيْنِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِوَهْبٍ: «هَلْ أَفَضْتَ أَبَا عَبْدِ اللَّهِ؟» قَالَ: لَا وَاللَّهِ، يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «انْزِعْ عَنْكَ الْقَمِيصَ» قَالَ: فَنَزَعَهُ مِنْ رَأْسِهِ وَنَزَعَ صَاحِبُهُ قَمِيصَهُ مِنْ رَأْسِهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: وَلِمَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ قَالَ: «إِنَّ هَذَا يَوْمٌ رُخِّصَ لَكُمْ إِذَا أَنْتُمْ رَمَيْتُمُ الْجَمْرَةَ أَنْ تَحِلُّوا» - يَعْنِي مِنْ كُلِّ مَا حُرِمْتُمْ مِنْهُ إِلَّا النِّسَاءَ -، «فَإِذَا أَمْسَيْتُمْ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَطُوفُوا هَذَا الْبَيْتَ صِرْتُمْ حُرُمًا كَهَيْئَتِكُمْ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَرْمُوا الْجَمْرَةَ حَتَّى تَطُوفُوا بِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1999

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1999

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2000

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2000. It was reported from Abū Az-Zubair, from 'Aishah and Ibn 'Abbās both, that the Prophet ﷺ delayed the Tawāf on the Day of Sacrifice until the evening. (Da'if)

Arabic text

2000 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَخَّرَ طَوَافَ يَوْمِ النَّحْرِ إِلَى اللَّيْلِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2000

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2000

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2001

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2001. It was reported from 'Aṭā' bin Abī Rabāḥ, from Ibn 'Abbās, that the Prophet ﷺ did not walk briskly (Ramal) during the seven (circuits of Tawāf for) Al-Ifādah that he performed. (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

2001 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَمْ يَرْمُلْ فِي السَّبْعِ الَّذِي أَفَاضَ فِيهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2001

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2001

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 83

Departing (From Makkah)

Hadith 2002

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2002. Ibn 'Abbās said: "People began dispersing from all directions, so the Prophet ﷺ said: 'Let not anyone leave until the last act that he does is the Tawāf around the House.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2002 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَحْوَلِ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّاسُ يَنْصَرِفُونَ فِي كُلِّ وَجْهٍ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَنْفِرَنَّ أَحَدٌ حَتَّى يَكُونَ آخِرُ عَهْدِهِ الطَّوَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2002

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2002

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 84

The Menstruating Woman Who Leaves After (The Tawāf Of) Al-Ifādah

Hadith 2003

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2003. 'Aīshah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ mentioned Ṣafīyyah bint Huyayy. He was told: "She has started her menses." So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "She might delay us!" They replied: "O Messenger of Allāh, she has already performed the (Tawāf) Al-Ifādah." So he said: "In that case, then no (she won't delay)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2003 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَكَرَ صَفِيَّةَ بِنْتَ حُيَيٍّ، فَقِيلَ: إِنَّهَا قَدْ حَاضَتْ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَعَلَّهَا حَابِسَتُنَا»، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّهَا قَدْ أَفَاضَتْ، فَقَالَ: «فَلَا إِذًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2003

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2003

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2004

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-Albaniصحيح ولكنه منسوخ بما قبله (٢٠٠٣)Al-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2004. It was reported from Al-Walīd bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān, from Al-Hārīth bin 'Abdullāh bin Aws, who said: "I went to 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb and asked him regarding a woman who performs the Tawāf of the House on the Day of Sacrifice, and then her starts menses. He said: 'Let the last act that she does be the Tawāf.'" So Al-Hārīth said: "And that is exactly what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ told me as well." 'Umar said: 'Woe to you! You asked me regarding a matter that you had already asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?! (And was it not possible) that I would contradict him?" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

2004 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، فَسَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ الْمَرْأَةِ تَطُوفُ بِالْبَيْتِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، ثُمَّ تَحِيضُ، قَالَ: «لِيَكُنْ آخِرُ عَهْدِهَا بِالْبَيْتِ» قَالَ: فَقَالَ الْحَارِثُ: كَذَلِكَ أَفْتَانِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: أَرِبْتَ عَنْ يَدَيْكَ سَأَلْتَنِي عَنْ شَيْءٍ سَأَلْتَ عَنْهُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، لِكَيْ مَا أُخَالِفَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2004

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2004

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 85

Regarding The Farewell Tawāf

Hadith 2005

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2005. It was reported from Al-Qāsim, from 'Āishah, may Allāh be pleased with her, that she said: "I entered Iḥrām for Umrah from Tan'im, and then entered (Makkah) and completed my Umrah. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ waited for me at Al-Abṭaḥ until I had finished, and then commanded the people to commence their travel. And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went to the House, performed the Tawāf, and then left.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2005 - حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ بَقِيَّةَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ أَفْلَحَ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: «أَحْرَمْتُ مِنَ التَّنْعِيمِ بِعُمْرَةٍ فَدَخَلْتُ فَقَضَيْتُ عُمْرَتِي وَانْتَظَرَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْأَبْطَحِ حَتَّى فَرَغْتُ، وَأَمَرَ النَّاسَ بِالرَّحِيلِ»، قَالَتْ: «وَأَتَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْبَيْتَ فَطَافَ بِهِ ثُمَّ خَرَجَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2005

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2005

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2006

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2006. (Another chain) from Al-Qāsim, from ‘Āishah, that she said: “I left (Makkah) with him — meaning with the Prophet ﷺ — along with the remaining crowd. He camped at Al-Muḥaṣṣab...” — Abū Dāwūd said: Ibn Bashshār (one of the narrators) did not mention the incident of her being sent to Tan‘īm — “...then I came to him in the early morning. He commanded his Companions to depart (for Al-Madīnah), and he too left, and went to the House before the Ṣubh prayer, performed the Tawāf, and then left for Al-Madīnah.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2006 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَعْنِي الْحَنَفِيَّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَفْلَحُ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «خَرَجْتُ مَعَهُ تَعْنِي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي النَّفْرِ الْآخِرِ فَنَزَلَ الْمُحَصَّبَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ ابْنُ بَشَّارٍ قِصَّةَ بَعْثِهَا إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، قَالَتْ: " ثُمَّ جِئْتُهُ بِسَحَرٍ فَأَذَّنَ فِي أَصْحَابِهِ بِالرَّحِيلِ فَارْتَحَلَ فَمَرَّ بِالْبَيْتِ قَبْلَ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ فَطَافَ بِهِ حِينَ خَرَجَ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ مُتَوَجِّهًا إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2006

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2006

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2007

DarussalamḌa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2007. ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Tāriq narrated from his mother, that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pass by a certain place at the ‘House of Ya’lā’, — ‘Ubaidullāh (one of the narrators) forgot which place — he would turn to face the Ka’bah, and supplicate. (Ḍa’if)

Arabic text

2007 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مَعِينٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي يَزِيدَ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ طَارِقٍ، أَخْبَرَهُ عَنْ أُمِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ «إِذَا جَازَ مَكَانًا مِنْ دَارِ يَعْلَى نَسِيَهُ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ اسْتَقْبَلَ الْبَيْتَ فَدَعَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2007

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2007

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 86

(Camping In The Valley Of) Al-Muḥaṣṣab

Hadith 2008

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2008. Āishah narrated: "The only reason that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ camped at Al-Muḥaṣṣab was to facilitate the exit (from Makkah), and it is not a Sunnah. So whoever wishes to do so may camp there, and who so wishes to may leave it." (Sahih)

Arabic text

2008 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «إِنَّمَا نَزَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْمُحَصَّبَ لِيَكُونَ أَسْمَحَ لِخُرُوجِهِ، وَلَيْسَ بِسُنَّةٍ فَمَنْ شَاءَ نَزَلَهُ، وَمَنْ شَاءَ لَمْ يَنْزِلْهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2008

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2008

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2009

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2009. Abū Rāfi' said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did not command me to camp there, but I set his tent out, so he camped." — Musad-dad (one of the narrators) said: "He (Abū Rāfi') was in charge of the belongings of the Prophet ﷺ" — Uthmān (one of the narrators) said: "At Al-Abṭāh." (Sahih)

Arabic text

2009 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ الْمَعْنَى، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا صَالِحُ بْنُ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو رَافِعٍ: «لَمْ يَأْمُرْنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ أُنْزِلَهُ وَلَكِنْ ضَرَبْتُ قُبَّتَهُ، فَنَزَلَهُ». قَالَ مُسَدَّدٌ: وَكَانَ عَلَى ثَقَلِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. وَقَالَ عُثْمَانُ: يَعْنِي فِي الْأَبْطَحِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2009

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2009

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2010

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2010. Usāmah bin Zaid said that he asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ: "O Messenger of Allāh, where will you stay tomorrow?" He replied: "And has Āqīl left any house for us?" Then he added: “We will camp at the Valley of Banu Kinānah, where the Quraish had swore upon disbelief,” — meaning (the Valley of) Al-Muḥaṣṣab. And (it was so named) because the tribe of Banū Kinānah formed a treaty with the Quraish against Banū Hāshim that they would not marry from them, and not engage in any transactions with them, and not help them in any way.[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2010 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حُسَيْنٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَيْنَ تَنْزِلُ غَدًا؟ فِي حَجَّتِهِ، قَالَ، «هَلْ تَرَكَ لَنَا عَقِيْلٌ مَنْزِلًا»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «نَحْنُ نَازِلُونَ بِخَيْفِ بَنِي كِنَانَةَ حَيْثُ قَاسَمَتْ قُرَيْشٌ عَلَى الْكُفْرِ» - يَعْنِي الْمُحَصَّبَ -، وَذَلِكَ أَنْ بَنِي كِنَانَةَ حَالَفَتْ قُرَيْشًا عَلَى بَنِي هَاشِمٍ أَنْ لَا يُنَاكِحُوهُمْ، وَلَا يُبَايِعُوهُمْ، وَلَا يُؤْوُوهُمْ. قَالَ الزُّهْرِيُّ: وَالْخَيْفُ: الْوَادِي.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2010

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2010

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2011

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2011. Abū Hurairah narrated that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ wanted to depart from Minā, he said: “We will depart tomorrow...” and the rest of the Hadīth is similar (to no. 2010), but he did not mention the first part, nor did he mention the Valley of Banū Kinānah. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2011 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَمْرٍو يَعْنِي الْأَوْزَاعِيَّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: حِينَ أَرَادَ أَنْ يَنْفِرَ مِنْ مِنًى «نَحْنُ نَازِلُونَ غَدًا» فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَوَّلَهُ وَلَا ذَكَرَ الْخَيْفَ الْوَادِي

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2011

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2011

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2012

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2012. Nāfi' narrated that Ibn 'Umar would take a brief nap at night at Al-Baṭḥā' and then enter Makkah, and he would say that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to do likewise. (Sahih)

Arabic text

2012 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، وَأَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، كَانَ «يَهْجَعُ هَجْعَةً بِالْبَطْحَاءِ، ثُمَّ يَدْخُلُ مَكَّةَ وَيَزْعُمُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See also no. 2910.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2012

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2012

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2013

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2013. Ibn 'Umar reported that the Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhr, Asr, Maghrib and Ishā at Al-Baṭḥā', then slept for a short time, and then entered Makkah. And Nāfi' reported that Ibn 'Umar would do likewise. (Sahih)

Arabic text

2013 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَفَّانُ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَأَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ وَالْعَصْرَ وَالْمَغْرِبَ وَالْعِشَاءَ بِالْبَطْحَاءِ، ثُمَّ هَجَعَ بِهَا هَجْعَةً، ثُمَّ دَخَلَ مَكَّةَ». وَكَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ يَفْعَلُهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2013

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2013

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 87

RegardingSomeone Who Did An ActBefore Its Time During Hajj

Hadith 2014

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2014. 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr bin Al-'Ās narrated, "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood at Minā during the Farewell Pilgrimage, and people were coming to ask him questions. A man came and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, I did not realize, and so I shaved my hair before sacrificing.' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Sacrifice, and there is no problem with that.' And another came to him and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, I did not realize, and so sacrificed before stoning.' He replied: 'Stone, and there is no problem with that.' And he was not asked about anything on that day that was done before or after (its proper time) except that he said: 'Do it, and there is no problem with that.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2014 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: وَقَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الْوَدَاعِ بِمِنًى يَسْأَلُونَهُ، فَجَاءَهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي لَمْ أَشْعُرْ فَحَلَقْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَذْبَحَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اذْبَحْ وَلَا حَرَجَ» وَجَاءَ رَجُلٌ آخَرُ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، لَمْ أَشْعُرْ فَنَحَرْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَرْمِيَ، قَالَ «ارْمِ وَلَا حَرَجَ» قَالَ: فَمَا سُئِلَ يَوْمَئِذٍ عَنْ شَيْءٍ قُدِّمَ أَوْ أُخِّرَ إِلَّا، قَالَ: «اصْنَعْ وَلَا حَرَجَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2014

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2014

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2015

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2015. Usāmah bin Sharik narrated: "I went along with the Prophet ﷺ for Hajj, and people would come to him (to ask). Some would say: 'O Messenger of Allāh! I performed the Sa'ī before the Tawāf,' and others would ask about doing an act before or after its time, and he would respond: 'There is no problem with that, there is no problem with that — only when a person attacks another Muslim's honor unjustly, for that is the one that has fallen into harm and destruction.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2015 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنِ الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ عِلَاقَةَ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ شَرِيكٍ، قَالَ: خَرَجْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَاجًّا فَكَانَ النَّاسُ يَأْتُونَهُ، فَمَنْ قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، سَعَيْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَطُوفَ أَوْ قَدَّمْتُ شَيْئًا أَوْ أَخَّرْتُ شَيْئًا فَكَانَ يَقُولُ: «لَا حَرَجَ لَا حَرَجَ، إِلَّا عَلَى رَجُلٍ اقْتَرَضَ عِرْضَ رَجُلٍ مُسْلِمٍ وَهُوَ ظَالِمٌ، فَذَلِكَ الَّذِي حَرِجَ وَهَلَكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2015

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2015

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 88

Regarding (Praying Behind A Sutrah In) Makkah

Hadith 2016

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2016. Kathīr bin Kathīr bin Al-Muṭṭalib bin Abī Wadā'ah narrated from some of his family members, from his grandfather, that he saw the Prophet ﷺ pray next to the door of Banū Sahm while people were walking in front of him, and he did not have a Sutrah. (Da'if) — Sufyān (one of the narrators) said: "Meaning there was no Sutrah between him and the Ka'bah." And Sufyān said: "Ibn Juraij would inform us from him, he said: 'Kathīr informed us from his father.' So I asked him about that and he said: 'I did not hear that from my father, but some of my family from my grandfather.'"

Arabic text

2016 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، حَدَّثَنِي كَثِيرُ بْنُ كَثِيرِ بْنِ الْمُطَّلِبِ بْنِ أَبِي وِدَاعَةَ، عَنْ بَعْضِ أَهْلِهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي مِمَّا يَلِي بَابَ بَنِي سَهْمٍ وَالنَّاسُ يَمُرُّونَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَلَيْسَ بَيْنَهُمَا سُتْرَةٌ». قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: لَيْسَ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْكَعْبَةِ سُتْرَةٌ. قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: كَانَ ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ أَخْبَرَنَا عَنْهُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا كُثَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: فَسَأَلْتُهُ، فَقَالَ: لَيْسَ مِنْ أَبِي سَمِعْتُهُ وَلَكِنْ مِنْ بَعْضِ أَهْلِي عَنْ جَدِّي

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2016

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2016

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 89

Regarding The Sanctity Of Makkah

Hadith 2017

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2017. Abū Hurairah narrated: "When Allāh made the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to conquer Makkah, the Prophet ﷺ stood up in their midst, praised Allāh and glorified Him, and then said: 'Allāh protected Makkah from the elephants, and He made His Messenger and the believers to conquer it (from the pagans). And this (the fighting therein) was only permitted for me for an hour in the afternoon, and it is now a protected sanctuary until the Day of Judgment. Its trees cannot be uprooted, and its prey cannot be molested, and its lost items cannot be taken, except someone who wishes to announce it.” So Al-‘Abbās stood up and said: ‘OMessenger of Allāh! Except for theIdhkhīr (plant), for (we use it) forour graves and our houses.’ So theMessenger of Allāh ﷺ said:“Except for the Idhkhīr.” Abū Dāwūd said: Ibn Muṣṭafa added in his narration from Al-Walīd (one of the narrators): “A person from Yemen, by the name of Abū Shāh, stood up and said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! Write (this) for me.’ So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Write it for Abū Shāh.’ I (Al-Walīd) said to Al-Awzā‘ī (one of the narrators): ‘What is the meaning of: “Write it for Abū Shāh?”’ He said: ‘Meaning this sermon that he heard from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.’’ (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2017 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: لَمَّا فَتَحَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ قَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِيهِمْ فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَأَثْنَى عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: " إِنَّ اللَّهَ حَبَسَ عَنْ مَكَّةَ الْفِيلَ وَسَلَّطَ عَلَيْهَا رَسُولَهُ وَالْمُؤْمِنِينَ، وَإِنَّمَا أُحِلَّتْ لِي سَاعَةً مِنَ النَّهَارِ، ثُمَّ هِيَ حَرَامٌ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ: لَا يُعْضَدُ شَجَرُهَا، وَلَا يُنَفَّرُ صَيْدُهَا، وَلَا تَحِلُّ لُقْطَتُهَا إِلَّا لِمُنْشِدٍ "، فَقَالَ عَبَّاسٌ: - أَوْ قَالَ: - قَالَ الْعَبَّاسُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِلَّا الْإِذْخِرَ فَإِنَّهُ لِقُبُورِنَا وَبُيُوتِنَا، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِلَّا الْإِذْخِرَ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَزَادَنَا فِيهِ ابْنُ الْمُصَفَّى، عَنِ الْوَلِيدِ فَقَامَ أَبُو شَاهٍ رَجُلٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْيَمَنِ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، اكْتُبُوا لِي، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اكْتُبُوا لِأَبِي شَاهٍ». قُلْتُ لِلْأَوْزَاعِيِّ مَا قَوْلُهُ: «اكْتُبُوا لِأَبِي شَاهٍ؟» قَالَ: هَذِهِ الْخُطْبَةُ الَّتِي سَمِعَهَا مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2017

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2017

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2018

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2018. Ibn ‘Abbās also narrated this incident (as no. 2017), except that he added: “...and its plants should not be cut.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2018 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، فِي هَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ، قَالَ: «وَلَا يُخْتَلَى خَلَاهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2018

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2018

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2019

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2019. ‘Āishah, may Allāh be pleased with her, narrated that she asked: “O Messenger of Allāh, should we not build a house or a structure for you in Minā that will protect you from the sun?" He replied: "No, rather it is a place which belongs to whoever reaches there first." (Hasan)

Arabic text

2019 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ مُهَاجِرٍ، عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ مَاهَكَ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَلَا نَبْنِي لَكَ بِمِنًى بَيْتًا أَوْ بِنَاءً يُظِلُّكَ مِنَ الشَّمْسِ؟، فَقَالَ: «لَا، إِنَّمَا هُوَ مُنَاخُ مَنْ سَبَقَ إِلَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2019

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2019

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2020

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2020. Ya'lā bin Umayyah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Hoarding food in the Haram is (a type of) transgression in it." (Da'if)

Arabic text

2020 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ ثَوْبَانَ، أَخْبَرَنِي عِمَارَةُ بْنُ ثَوْبَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي مُوسَى بْنُ بَاذَانَ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ يَعْلَى بْنَ أُمَيَّةَ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «احْتِكَارُ الطَّعَامِ فِي الْحَرَمِ إِلْحَادٌ فِيهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2020

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2020

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 90

Regarding Giving Nabīdh To The Muḥrim To Drink

Hadith 2021

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2021. Bakr bin 'Abdullāh narrated that a man said to Ibn 'Abbās: "Why is it that this house (of yours) gives Nabīdh (to the Muḥrim) to drink, whereas their cousins give them milk, honey and Sawīq? Is it because of miserliness, or poverty?" Ibn 'Abbās replied: "Neither are we miserly nor are we poor! Rather, the Messenger of Allāh ﷻ entered his tent, and Usāmah bin Zaid was behind him, and he asked for a drink. So Nabīdh was brought to him, and he drank from it, and gave the remainder of it to Usāmah bin Zaid, who also drank from it. Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'You have done good and well! This is what you should do.' So this is how we are: We don't want to change what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said." (Sahih)

Arabic text

2021 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَجُلٌ لِابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ: مَا بَالُ أَهْلِ هَذَا الْبَيْتِ يَسْقُونَ النَّبِيذَ، وَبَنُو عَمِّهِمْ يَسْقُونَ اللَّبَنَ وَالْعَسَلَ وَالسَّوِيقَ أَبُخْلٌ بِهِمْ أَمْ حَاجَةٌ؟ فَقَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: مَا بِنَا مِنْ بُخْلٍ وَلَا بِنَا مِنْ حَاجَةٍ، وَلَكِنْ دَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ وَخَلْفَهُ أُسَامَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ فَدَعَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِشَرَابٍ، فَأُتِيَ بِنَبِيذٍ، فَشَرِبَ مِنْهُ وَدَفَعَ فَضْلَهُ إِلَى أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، فَشَرِبَ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَحْسَنْتُمْ وَأَجْمَلْتُمْ، كَذَلِكَ فَافْعَلُوا» فَنَحْنُ هَكَذَا لَا نُرِيدُ أَنْ نُغَيِّرَ مَا قَالَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2021

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2021

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 91

Staying In Makkah

Hadith 2022

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2022. 'Umar bin 'Abdul-'Aziz asked As-Sa'ib bin YazId: "Have you heard anything about residing in Makkah?" He replied: "Ibn Al- Hadrami informed me that he heard the Messenger of Allah say to the Emigrants: '(It is permitted) to stay at the Ka'bah for three days after completing (the rites).—['] (Sahih)

Arabic text

2022 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ يَعْنِي الدَّرَاوَرْدِيَّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عُمَرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، يَسْأَلُ السَّائِبَ بْنَ يَزِيدَ، هَلْ سَمِعْتَ فِي الْإِقَامَةِ بِمَكَّةَ شَيْئًا قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ لِلْمُهَاجِرِينَ: «إِقَامَةٌ بَعْدَ الصَّدْرِ ثَلَاثًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2022

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2022

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 92

Praying In The Ka'bah

Hadith 2023

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2023. 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered the Ka'bah along with Usāmah bin Zaid, 'Uthmān bin Ṭalḥah Al-Ḥajabī and Bilāl. They then closed the door, and remained inside. Ibn 'Umar said: "So I asked Bilāl when he exited: "What did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ do?" He replied: "He (stood such that) one pillar was on his left, two to his right, and three behind him — and the (roof of the) Ka'bah at that time was supported by six pillars — and then prayed." (Sahih)

Arabic text

2023 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ الْكَعْبَةَ هُوَ وَأُسَامَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ طَلْحَةَ الْحَجَبِيُّ، وَبِلَالٌ، فَأَغْلَقَهَا عَلَيْهِ فَمَكَثَ فِيهَا، قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، فَسَأَلْتُ بِلَالًا، حِينَ خَرَجَ مَاذَا صَنَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «جَعَلَ عَمُودًا عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، وَعَمُودَيْنِ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَثَلَاثَةَ أَعْمِدَةٍ وَرَاءَهُ، وَكَانَ الْبَيْتُ يَوْمَئِذٍ عَلَى سِتَّةِ أَعْمِدَةٍ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2023

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2023

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2024

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2024. (Another chain) for this narration (similar to no. 2023), and the position of the pillars was not mentioned, and he said: "He (ﷺ) then prayed, and between him and the Qiblah (the wall) were three cubits." (Sahih)

Arabic text

2024 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ الْأَذْرَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ لَمْ يَذْكُرِ السَّوَارِيَ قَالَ: ثُمَّ صَلَّى وَبَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْقِبْلَةِ ثَلَاثَةُ أَذْرُعٍ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2024

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2024

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2025

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2025. (Another chain, similar to no. 2023) Ibn 'Umar added: "And I forgot to ask him how many (Rak'ahs) he had prayed." (Sahih)

Arabic text

2025 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَعْنَى حَدِيثِ الْقَعْنَبِيِّ، قَالَ: وَنَسِيتُ أَنْ أَسْأَلَهُ كَمْ صَلَّى؟

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2025

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2025

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2026

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2026. ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ṣafwān narrated that he asked ‘Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb: “What did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ do when he entered the Ka’bah?” He replied: “He prayed two Rak’ah.” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

2026 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ صَفْوَانَ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِعُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ: كَيْفَ صَنَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ دَخَلَ الْكَعْبَةَ؟ قَالَ: «صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2026

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2026

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2027

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2027. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated: “When the Prophet ﷺ entered Makkah, he refused to enter the Ka’bah while it had its idols. So he commanded that they be removed. The statues of Ibrāhīm and Ismā’īl were removed, and they had in their hands arrows that were used for divination. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘May Allāh curse them (the pagans)! I swear by Allāh, they knew that Ibrāhīm and Ismā’īl never used these divination arrows.’ He then entered the House, and said the Takbīr in its corners and edges, and then left without praying in it.” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

2027 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ أَبِي الْحَجَّاجِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا قَدِمَ مَكَّةَ أَبَى أَنْ يَدْخُلَ الْبَيْتَ وَفِيهِ الْآلِهَةُ، فَأَمَرَ بِهَا فَأُخْرِجَتْ، قَالَ: فَأُخْرِجَ صُورَةُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ وَفِي أَيْدِيهِمَا الْأَزْلَامُ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قَاتَلَهُمُ اللَّهُ وَاللَّهِ، لَقَدْ عَلِمُوا مَا اسْتَقْسَمَا بِهَا قَطُّ»، قَالَ: ثُمَّ دَخَلَ الْبَيْتَ فَكَبَّرَ فِي نَوَاحِيهِ وَفِي زَوَايَاهُ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ وَلَمْ يُصَلِّ فِيهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2027

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2027

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

Regarding Ṣalāt In The Hijr

Hadith 2028

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2028. 'Āishah narrated: "I very much desired to enter the House and pray in it. Once the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ held on to my hand and brought me into the Hijr, and said: 'Whenever you wish to enter the House, pray in the Hijr, for it is a part of the House. Your people, when they built the Ka'bah, fell short (in building material), so they left it out of the House.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

2028 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: كُنْتُ أُحِبُّ أَنْ أَدْخُلَ الْبَيْتَ فَأُصَلِّيَ فِيهِ فَأَخَذَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدِي فَأَدْخَلَنِي فِي الْحِجْرِ فَقَالَ: «صَلِّي فِي الْحِجْرِ إِذَا أَرَدْتِ دُخُولَ الْبَيْتِ، فَإِنَّمَا هُوَ قَطْعَةٌ مِنَ الْبَيْتِ، فَإِنَّ قَوْمَكِ اقْتَصَرُوا حِينَ بَنَوْا الْكَعْبَةَ فَأَخْرَجُوهُ مِنَ الْبَيْتِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2028

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2028

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

Entering The Ka'bah

Hadith 2029

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2029. 'Āishah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ once left me and he was very happy, but then returned in a state of sadness. He said: 'I entered the Ka'bah, and had I known what I know now, I would not have entered it. I fear that I might have made matters difficult for my nation.”” (Da’if)

Arabic text

2029 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَرَجَ مِنْ عِنْدِهَا وَهُوَ مَسْرُورٌ، ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَيَّ وَهُوَ كَئِيبٌ، فَقَالَ: «إِنِّي دَخَلْتُ الْكَعْبَةَ وَلَوِ اسْتَقْبَلْتُ مِنْ أَمْرِي، مَا اسْتَدْبَرْتُ مَا دَخَلْتُهَا إِنِّي أَخَافُ أَنْ أَكُونَ قَدْ شَقَقْتُ عَلَى أُمَّتِي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2029

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2029

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2030

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2030. Al-Aslamiyyah narrated: "I said to 'Uthmān: 'What did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ tell you when he called you?' He replied that he said: 'I forgot to command you to cover up the two horns, for it is not appropriate that there be anything which distracts the worshiper while he is praying.'”” (Hasan)

Arabic text

2030 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، وَسَعِيدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، وَمُسَدَّدٌ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ الْحَجَبِيِّ، حَدَّثَنِي خَالِي، عَنْ أُمِّي صَفِيَّةَ بِنْتِ شَيْبَةَ، قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ الَأسْلَمِيَّةَ، تَقُولُ: قُلْتُ لِعُثْمَانَ: مَا قَالَ لَكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ دَعَاكَ؟ قَالَ: قَالَ: «إِنِّي نَسِيتُ أَنْ آمُرَكَ أَنْ تُخَمِّرَ الْقَرْنَيْنِ فَإِنَّهُ لَيْسَ يَنْبَغِي أَنْ يَكُونَ فِي الْبَيْتِ شَيْءٌ يَشْغَلُ الْمُصَلِّيَ». قَالَ ابْنُ السَّرْحِ: خَالِي مُسَافِعُ بْنُ شَيْبَةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2030

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2030

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

/94. Regarding The Wealth In The Ka’bah

Hadith 2031

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2031. Shaibah bin 'Uthmān said to Shaqīq, “Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb sat in the very place that you are sitting and said: 'I will not leave until I distribute the wealth in the Ka'bah.' I replied: 'You will not do that.' He said: 'Indeed, I will!' I said: 'You will not do that.' He said: 'And why not?' I said: 'Because the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saw its place, as did Abū Bakr, and they were more in need of wealth than you, but they did not move it.' So he ('Umar) stood up and left." (Da'if)

Arabic text

2031 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْمُحَارِبِيُّ، عَنِ الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ وَاصِلٍ الْأَحْدَبِ، عَنْ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ شَيْبَةَ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ: قَعَدَ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ فِي مَقْعَدِكَ الَّذِي أَنْتَ فِيهِ، فَقَالَ: لَا أَخْرُجُ حَتَّى أَقْسِمَ مَالَ الْكَعْبَةِ قَالَ: قُلْتُ: مَا أَنْتَ بِفَاعِلٍ، قَالَ: بَلَى، لَأَفْعَلَنَّ قَالَ: قُلْتُ: مَا أَنْتَ بِفَاعِلٍ، قَالَ: لِمَ؟، قُلْتُ: «لِأَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ رَأَى مَكَانَهُ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، وَهُمَا أَحْوَجُ مِنْكَ إِلَى الْمَالِ فَلَمْ يُخْرِجَاهُ» فَقَامَ فَخَرَجَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2031

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2031

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

Untitled chapter

Hadith 2032

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2032. It was reported from Az-Zubair, that he said: "We were once traveling with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ from Liyyah. When we reached Sidrah, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood at the one side of Qarn Al-Aswad, facing it, and turned his gaze towards Nakhibah" — another time he said "the valley" — "and waited until all the people had stopped as well. He then said: 'Hunting at Wajj, and (cutting) its shrubs, is (considered) unlawful; (it is a part) of the Haram of Allāh, (it is) sacred.' And this was before he arrived at Tā'if, and besieged (the tribe of) Tha'qif." (Da'if)

Arabic text

2032 - حَدَّثَنَا حَامِدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ إِنْسَانٍ الطَّائِفِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، قَالَ: لَمَّا أَقْبَلْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ لِيَّةَ حَتَّى إِذَا كُنَّا عِنْدَ السِّدْرَةِ وَقَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي طَرَفِ الْقَرْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ حَذْوَهَا، فَاسْتَقْبَلَ نَخِبًا بِبَصَرِهِ، وقَالَ: مَرَّةً وَادِيَهُ، وَوَقَفَ حَتَّى اتَّقَفَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ صَيْدَ وَجٍّ وَعِضَاهَهُ حَرَامٌ مُحَرَّمٌ لِلَّهِ» وَذَلِكَ قَبْلَ نُزُولِهِ الطَّائِفَ وَحِصَارِهِ لِثَقِيفٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2032

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2032

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 94

/95. On Going To Al-Madīnah

Hadith 2033

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: أخرجه الشيخان. وصححه الترمذي وابن الجارود)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2033. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Masājid: Prophet ﷺ said, "Do not undertake a journey except to (one of) three Masjids: Al-Masjid Al-Harām, and this Masjid of mine, and Masjid Al-Aqṣa." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

2033 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: " لَا تُشَدُّ الرِّحَالُ إِلَّا إِلَى ثَلَاثَةِ مَسَاجِدَ: مَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ، وَمَسْجِدِي هَذَا، وَالْمَسْجِدِ الْأَقْصَى "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2033

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2033

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 95

/96. Regarding The Sacredness Of Al-Madīnah

Hadith 2034

DarussalamŠahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2034. 'Alī narrated: "We did not write anything from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ except for the Qur'ān, and what is contained in this Ṣaḥīfah. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Al-Madīnah is sacred, the area between 'Ā'ir and Thawr. Whoever introduces any Hadāth or gives refuge to a Muḥdith, upon him will be the curse of Allāh, the angels and all the people, and no ʿAdl or Ṣar[1] will be accepted from him. Protection granted by one Muslim is binding upon all of them, and may be given by the humblest of them. Whoever breaks the covenant of a Muslim, upon him be the curse of Allāh, the angels and all the people, and no 'Adl or Šarf will be accepted from him. Whoever claims to belong to someone other than his father or to belong to someone other than his Mawlā, upon him be the curse of Allāh, the angels and all the people, and no 'Adl or Šarf will be accepted from him.” (Šahīh)

Arabic text

2034 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: مَا كَتَبْنَا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَّا الْقُرْآنَ وَمَا فِي هَذِهِ الصَّحِيفَةِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الْمَدِينَةُ حَرَامٌ مَا بَيْنَ عَائِرَ إِلَى ثَوْرٍ فَمَنْ أَحْدَثَ حَدَثًا أَوْ آوَى مُحْدِثًا، فَعَلَيْهِ لَعْنَةُ اللَّهِ وَالْمَلَائِكَةِ وَالنَّاسِ أَجْمَعِينَ، لَا يُقْبَلُ مِنْهُ عَدْلٌ وَلَا صَرْفٌ، وَذِمَّةُ الْمُسْلِمِينَ وَاحِدَةٌ يَسْعَى بِهَا أَدْنَاهُمْ فَمَنْ أَخْفَرَ مُسْلِمًا فَعَلَيْهِ لَعْنَةُ اللَّهِ وَالْمَلَائِكَةِ وَالنَّاسِ أَجْمَعِينَ، لَا يُقْبَلُ مِنْهُ عَدْلٌ وَلَا صَرْفٌ، وَمَنْ وَالَى قَوْمًا بِغَيْرِ إِذْنِ مَوَالِيهِ فَعَلَيْهِ لَعْنَةُ اللَّهِ وَالْمَلَائِكَةِ، وَالنَّاسِ أَجْمَعِينَ لَا يُقْبَلُ مِنْهُ عَدْلٌ وَلَا صَرْفٌ».

Footnotes

1 [1] They say that these two words mean the obligatory and voluntary; or the voluntary and the obligatory; or repentance and just behavior, or exchange and ransom or the Day of Judgement.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2034

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2034

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2035

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2035. (Another chain) from 'Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him, regarding this narration (as no. 2034), from the Prophet ﷺ, who said: “Its vegetation shall not be cut, nor will its game be molested, nor will its lost objects be taken — except by one who wishes to (take it) in order to announce it to others. And it is not permitted for a man to carry arms in it in order to fight. And it is not permitted for its trees to be cut, except for a man who wishes to feed his camel.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

2035 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الصَّمَدِ، حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي حَسَّانَ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فِي هَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا يُخْتَلَى خَلَاهَا، وَلَا يُنَفَّرُ صَيْدُهَا، وَلَا تُلْتَقَطُ لُقَطَتُهَا إِلَّا لِمَنْ أَشَادَ بِهَا، وَلَا يَصْلُحُ لِرَجُلٍ أَنْ يَحْمِلَ فِيهَا السِّلَاحَ لِقِتَالٍ، وَلَا يَصْلُحُ أَنْ يُقْطَعَ مِنْهَا شَجَرَةٌ إِلَّا أَنْ يَعْلِفَ رَجُلٌ بَعِيرَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2035

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2035

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2036

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2036. 'Adi bin Zaid narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ granted protection to every area (direction) of Al-Madīnah — mile by mile. Its trees shall not be shaken (in order to make its leaves fall), nor will they be cut — except that which camels need for food." (Da'if)

Arabic text

2036 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، أَنَّ زَيْدَ بْنَ الْحُبَابِ، حَدَّثَهُمْ حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ كِنَانَةَ، مَوْلَى عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: " حَمَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كُلَّ نَاحِيَةٍ مِنَ الْمَدِينَةِ بَرِيدًا بَرِيدًا: لَا يُخْبَطُ شَجَرُهُ، وَلَا يُعْضَدُ، إِلَّا مَا يُسَاقُ بِهِ الْجَمَلُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2036

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2036

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2037

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح، لكن قوله: "يصيد" منكر، والمحفوظ ما في الحديث التالي: "يقطعون" (٢٠٣٨) //، المشكاة (٢٧٤٧) //Al-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2037. Sulaimān bin Abī 'Abdullāh narrated: "I saw Sa'd bin Abī Waqqāsh take (to task) a person who was hunting in the sanctuary of Al-Madīnah — the very territory that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had declared sacred. He took his clothes (as punishment), so his guardians came to him (Sa'd) and spoke with him regarding that. He replied: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ declared this sanctuary sacred, and said: "Whoever finds anyone hunting in it should take his clothes (as punishment)," and I will not return anything that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ allowed for me. But if you wish, I will give you its price (in money).'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

2037 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ حَازِمٍ، حَدَّثَنِي يَعْلَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ سَعْدَ بْنَ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ، أَخَذَ رَجُلًا يَصِيدُ فِي حَرَمِ الْمَدِينَةِ الَّذِي حَرَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَسَلَبَهُ ثِيَابَهُ، فَجَاءَ مَوَالِيهِ فَكَلَّمُوهُ فِيهِ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حَرَّمَ هَذَا الْحَرَمَ، وَقَالَ: «مَنْ أَخَذَ أَحَدًا يَصِيدُ فِيهِ فَلْيَسْلُبْهُ ثِيَابَهُ» فَلَا أَرُدُّ عَلَيْكُمْ طُعْمَةً أَطْعَمَنِيهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَلَكِنْ إِنْ شِئْتُمْ دَفَعْتُ إِلَيْكُمْ ثَمَنَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2037

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2037

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2038

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2038. (Another chain) that Sa'd found some slaves of the slaves of Al-Madinah cutting down its trees, so he took their possessions, and said — meaning to their owners: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbid the trees of Al-Madinah to be cut, and he said: 'Whoever cuts anything of it — then whoever catches him may take his possessions.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

2038 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ صَالِحٍ، مَوْلَى التَّوْأَمَةِ، عَنْ مَوْلًى، لِسَعْدٍ، أَنَّ سَعْدًا، وَجَدَ عَبِيدًا مِنْ عَبِيدِ الْمَدِينَةِ يَقْطَعُونَ مِنْ شَجَرِ الْمَدِينَةِ فَأَخَذَ مَتَاعَهُمْ، وَقَالَ: يَعْنِي لِمَوَالِيهِمْ، سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَنْهَى أَنْ يُقْطَعَ مِنْ شَجَرِ الْمَدِينَةِ شَيْءٌ، وَقَالَ: «مَنْ قَطَعَ مِنْهُ شَيْئًا فَلِمَنْ أَخَذَهُ سَلَبُهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2038

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2038

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2039

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2039. Jābir bin 'Abdullāh narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The trees of the protected territory of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ should not be shaken (in order for its leaves to fall off), nor should they be cut, but they may be shaken gently." (Da'if)

Arabic text

2039 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَفْصٍ أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَطَّانُ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي خَارِجَةُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ الْجُهَنِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا يُخْبَطُ وَلَا يُعْضَدُ حِمَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَلَكِنْ يُهَشُّ هَشًّا رَفِيقًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2039

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2039

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2040

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2040. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would visit Qubā' walking and riding — Ibn Numair (one of the narrators) added: "And he would pray two Rak'ahs (there)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

2040 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، ح حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَأْتِي قِبَاءَ مَاشِيًا وَرَاكِبًا». زَادَ ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ وَيُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2040

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2040

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 96

/97. Visiting Graves

Hadith 2041

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2041. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Never does a person send his Salām to me except that Allāh returns my spirit to me that I may return the Salām to him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

2041 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَوْفٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُقْرِئُ، حَدَّثَنَا حَيْوَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي صَخْرٍ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ قُسَيْطٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَا مِنْ أَحَدٍ يُسَلِّمُ عَلَيَّ إِلَّا رَدَّ اللَّهُ عَلَيَّ رُوحِي حَتَّى أَرُدَّ عَلَيْهِ السَّلَامَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2041

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2041

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2042

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2042. (Another chain) from Abū Hurairah, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Do not make your houses into graves, and do not make my grave an 'Eid' (a regular place of visitation), and send your Salāt upon me, for your Salāt will reach me wherever you might be." (Hasan)

Arabic text

2042 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، قَرَأْتُ عَلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نَافِعٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَجْعَلُوا بُيُوتَكُمْ قُبُورًا، وَلَا تَجْعَلُوا قَبْرِي عِيدًا، وَصَلُّوا عَلَيَّ فَإِنَّ صَلَاتَكُمْ تَبْلُغُنِي حَيْثُ كُنْتُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2042

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2042

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2043

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2043. Rabī'ah — meaning Ibn Al-Ḥudair said: "I never heard Ṭalḥah bin 'Ubaidullāh narrate anything from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ except for one Hadīth." He was asked what it was, so he narrated: "He (Ṭalḥah) said: 'We left with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, intending to go to the graves of the martyrs of (the battle of) Uḥud. We came to the Harrah of Wāqīm, and when we descended into it, we saw some graves on one of its slopes. So we said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, are these graves the graves of our brethren?' He replied: "(No, these are) graves of our Companions.' Then, when we came to the graves of the martyrs, he said: 'These are the graves of our brethren.'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

2043 - حَدَّثَنَا حَامِدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَعْنٍ الْمَدَنِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنِي دَاوُدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ رَبِيعَةَ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْهُدَيْرِ، قَالَ: مَا سَمِعْتُ طَلْحَةَ بْنَ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَدِيثًا قَطُّ غَيْرَ حَدِيثٍ وَاحِدٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: وَمَا هُوَ؟ قَالَ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُرِيدُ قُبُورَ الشُّهَدَاءِ، حَتَّى إِذَا أَشْرَفْنَا عَلَى حَرَّةِ وَاقِمٍ فَلَمَّا تَدَلَّيْنَا مِنْهَا، وَإِذَا قُبُورٌ بِمَحْنِيَّةٍ قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَقُبُورُ إِخْوَانِنَا هَذِهِ؟ قَالَ: «قُبُورُ أَصْحَابِنَا» فَلَمَّا جِئْنَا قُبُورَ الشُّهَدَاءِ، قَالَ: «هَذِهِ قُبُورُ إِخْوَانِنَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2043

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2043

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2044

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2044. Nāfi' stated that 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ made his camel to rest at Al-Baṭḥā' — in Dhūl-Hulaifah, and prayed in it. Nāfi' added: "So 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar would do so as well." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

٢٠٤٤ - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «أَنَاخَ بِالْبَطْحَاءِ الَّتِي بِذِي الْحُلَيْفَةِ فَصَلَّى بِهَا». فَكَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2044

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2044

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 2045

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albani(قول مالك بن أنس) صحيح مقطوع، (قول أبي داود: سمعت محمد بن إسحاق المدني قال:....) صحيح مقطوعAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

2045 (A). Mālik said: "No one should pass by Al-Mu'rras on his return to Al-Madīnah until he prays in it as much as he wishes, for it has been conveyed to me that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ camped the night there." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: "I heard Muḥammad bin Ishāq Al-Madīnī say: 'Al-Mu'arras is six miles from Al-Madīnah.'" 2045 (B). [(Another chain) from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was coming (back to Al-Madīnah), he spent the night at Al-Mu'arras until the morning.] (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

2045 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، قَالَ: قَالَ مَالِكٌ: «لَا يَنْبَغِي لِأَحَدٍ أَنْ يُجَاوِزَ الْمُعَرَّسِ إِذَا قَفَلَ رَاجِعًا إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ حَتَّى يُصَلِّيَ فِيهَا مَا بَدَا لَهُ، لِأَنَّهُ بَلَغَنِي أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَرَّسَ بِهِ». قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: سَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْحَاقَ الْمَدَنِيَّ، قَالَ: الْمُعَرَّسُ: عَلَى سِتَّةِ أَمْيَالٍ مِنَ الْمَدِينَةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2045

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 2045

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes